I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 30, 2005:

Question from L: As a necessary part of my spiritual journey towards understanding the oneness of all in all, I long ago abandoned the practice of Christianity. This experience has taught me a lot, but now I feel that the time has come to reintegrate my path with my beloved Christian faith and walk again in Christ, but on a different level. Could Q’uo suggest some way or some path to follow which would permit me to do the transformative work I need to do, with the help of a religious faith or a Christ relationship?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as the Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. We thank the one known as L greatly for this opportunity to speak upon the subject of the transformative path which winds in the spiral fashion to that place wherein her journey may once again include the walk with Jesus the Christ for which she has so yearned and for which she has now prepared herself.

We would ask of those within this circle this day that which we always do ask before we share our thoughts, and that is that each allow each thought to enter the mind without any expectation that it will be a good or a bad thought, and simply evaluate each thought on its own merits. If a thought seems resonant to you, then by all means use it and work with it, but if for any reason whatsoever your powers of discrimination suggest that you should lay that thought aside, then please do so without a second thought. If you will each use your discrimination carefully and protect your own processes and your own paths of seeking then we are much more able to feel relaxed and confident that we are not infringing upon your free will by sharing our thoughts with you at this time. We thank you for this consideration.

My sister, we are aware of your question, and we offer ourselves to you as those who would bring forth a series of thoughts. Perhaps our first thought is simply to say that when this instrument challenges spirits she does so in the name of Jesus the Christ, and we come to her on that vibration. It is a vibration of unconditional Love, and further it is an unconditional Love that is willing to lift away from all concerns of self or the cost to the self of service to others, with the only goal being that of sharing in a wholehearted and complete way, insofar as we are able, the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator as expressed through the unconditional Love of Jesus the Christ. This is clearly a vibration which is other than that vibration which is spoken of in the body of work which you know of as the New Testament.

Moreover, it is not that vibration of the teachings of Jesus the Christ which has traditionally and up to the present time come through the offices of organized religion. Indeed, this instrument has done the work to integrate that which she receives from the readings from her Bible and the preachings that she hears at her parish church. There is always distortion in any word that is spoken in the languages of your planet. We also have distortions. Our basic energy is that of unconditional Love but we, as any preacher to whom you would speak, and, indeed, this instrument as counselor, all have significant biases and distortions. Each attempts to be the voice of unconditional Love, and yet that unconditional Love is as something that is more than and deeper than any words can say. And so, we do not pretend to offer you authoritative information, but only to share thoughts with you that may serve to be resources for you as you move forward in your inner seeking.

To us it is important to make the distinction between words and truth, especially as we speak to one who wishes to follow the one known as Jesus the Christ. There have been layers upon layers of distortion, even before the writings attributed to the one known as Jesus the Christ were collected in the Gospels and written about, largely by the one known as Paul, but also by the one known as John, in the Letters and prophetic writings of the New Testament. The attempt to place a literal value on words that have been written down is an attempt that in our humble opinion is bound to fail. Just as the one known as Jesus the Christ could not be bound to an earthly cross but instead leapt up into the heavens, just so can the truth which this entity embodied and which this entity continues to embody not be bound to any cross or structure of words or sayings. It makes the one known as Jesus a more elusive-seeming figure, for it is so helpful seemingly to cling to the words that are so comfortable and so familiar.

Weshall attempt to examine some of these words with you, but before we do that, we would like to suggest one concept that may be helpful to you at this time. You may perhaps remember the story in the Gospels of that Easter morning when the one known as Jesus was visited by the ones known as Mary, Mary Magdalene, and Peter. They had come to view the grave of the one known as Jesus. When they came, they found not a grave with a stone at the door stopping it, but rather the stone rolled away. The linen wrappings which had been around the body of the one known as Jesus were folded and placed aside. And an entity, which Mary took to be the gardener, was waiting for her and her companions in the opened tomb. Mary wept, for she was distraught, thinking that someone had stolen the body of her beloved Jesus. Then that entity, waiting for her, called her by name and when he said, “Mary,” she knew him for the first time. And her tears turned to rejoicing, for she saw that indeed he had risen. She rushed to cling to him, but he stopped her, saying that he had not yet ascended and so he must be about his Father’s business. And he departed from her to go into Galilee and to greet those other faithful disciples, and to let them know the good news of his rising from the tomb.

Question from L: As a necessary part of my spiritual journey towards understanding the oneness of all in all, I long ago abandoned the practice of Christianity. This experience has taught me a lot, but now I feel that the time has come to reintegrate my path with my beloved Christian faith and walk again in Christ, but on a different level. Could Q’uo suggest some way or some path to follow which would permit me to do the transformative work I need to do, with the help of a religious faith or a Christ relationship? Q’uo began their reply by saying we are aware of your question, and we offer ourselves to you as those who would bring forth a series of thoughts, and our first thought is to say that when Carla  challenges spirits she does so in the name of Jesus the Christ, and we come to her on that vibration because it is a vibration of unconditional Love that is willing to lift away from all concerns of the cost to the self of service to others, with the only goal being that of sharing in a wholehearted way the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator as expressed through the unconditional Love of Jesus the Christ, and this is a vibration which is other than that vibration which is spoken of in the New Testament. Q’uo continued by saying that it is not that vibration of the teachings of Jesus the Christ which has traditionally come through the offices of organized religion, and Carla has done the work to integrate that which she receives from the readings from her Bible and the preachings that she hears at her parish church, and there is always distortion in any word that is spoken in the languages of our planet, and Q’uo said they have distortions, so their basic energy is that of unconditional Love but they, as any preacher to whom you would speak, and, indeed, this instrument as counselor, all have significant biases and distortions, and each of you attempts to be the voice of unconditional Love, and yet that unconditional Love is as something that is deeper than any words can say, and we do not pretend to offer authoritative information, but only to share thoughts with us that may serve to be resources for us as we move forward in our inner seeking. Q’uo went on to say that it is important to make the distinction between words and truth, especially as they speak to one who wishes to follow Jesus the Christ because there have been layers of distortion, even before the writings attributed to Jesus the Christ were collected in the Gospels and written about, by Paul, but also by John, in the New Testament, and the attempt to place a literal value on words that have been written down is an attempt that is bound to fail since Jesus could not be bound to an earthly cross but instead leapt up into the heavens, just so can the truth which He embodied and which He continues to embody not be bound to any cross or words, so it makes Jesus a more elusive-seeming figure, for it seems so helpful to cling to the words that are so familiar. Q’uo said that we may remember the story in the Gospels of that Easter morning when Jesus was visited by Mary, Mary Magdalene, and Peter, and they had come to view the grave of Jesus, but when they came, they found not a grave with a stone at the door stopping it, but rather the stone rolled away, and the linen wrappings which had been around the body of Jesus were folded and placed aside, and an entity, which Mary took to be the gardener, was waiting for her and her companions in the opened tomb, so Mary wept, for she was distraught, thinking that someone had stolen the body of her beloved Jesus, and then that entity called her by name, and when He said, “Mary,” she knew Him for the first time, and her tears turned to rejoicing, for she saw that indeed He had risen, and she rushed to cling to Him, but He stopped her, saying that He had not yet ascended, and so He must be about his Father’s business so that He departed from her to go into Galilee and to greet those other faithful disciples to let them know the good news of His rising from the tomb. On April 3, 1988, Q’uo spoke of how we may roll the stone away from the tomb in our own lives:

May you roll the stone away from the tomb of your limited acceptance of damaging thoughts. May each look you take be fresh, and may you live in love, and so love each other with a passion and a zeal that blesses each with whom you come in contact. You need say nothing. The I AM in you, that Kingdom of Heaven, of which Jesus the Christ spoke, lies deep within you, for you are all that there is. It is simply the illusion which keeps you from that ultimate knowledge. By faith, in the love you have observed in whatever limited form, may you enter into that life which is love.

My sister, the one known as Jesus has now finished that personal business of greeting those that knew him in life. He has indeed completed his journey within your planetary third-density life, and he has, for all time and for all space, given himself to practicing the presence of unconditional Love. It was necessary for this entity to move onward and to complete the more esoteric and what this instrument could call its inner-planes aspects of His journey within the incarnation, where He was known as Jesus the Christ, in order to come again as those who follow Him to call to Him.

He cast a great portion of His consciousness upon the winds of Spirit, creating for all entities that call upon His name that energy which is of the Christ, and yet which is cast in such a way that this consciousness can come down into the energy system of each who calls upon his name. Many, including this instrument, have called this energy the Holy Spirit. We would make the distinction between the one known as Jesus the Christ and the Holy Spirit by saying that as you call upon Jesus, you call upon pure consciousness. No longer can you receive a personality, for this entity has indeed ascended. The pure gift of unconditional Love, however, which He embodied remains as a perfect jewel, just as it is, and there is tremendous power in simply praying, “Jesus.” There needs be no content to that call. The bare word configures the presence of the Christ.

In contrast, the energy known as the Holy Spirit speaks in the colors and biases of your inner configuration of mind, body, and spirit. When called upon, this energy combines itself with your higher self to create a kind of principle or group consciousness. This group consciousness combines that self which you have created in the fullness of your journey through what this instrument would call mid-sixth density with the pure consciousness of unconditional Love. Thusly, there lies within you a home in which the spirit of Christ and the highest and best of yourself have combined. This is an intensely personal aspect of the Creator, and is that with which you may have actual conversation, as does this instrument.

Certainly, it is not necessarily an easy thing to achieve. Such conversations may indeed take time to configure within yourself. Yet we assure you that this room is prepared for you. Your sacred space within is ready for you to enter at all times and in all places. You cannot be separated either from Jesus the Christ or from the Holy Spirit. By your love you have prepared and made ready this place within yourself. We say this in order to encourage you to rest from any concern that you can be separated from the Love of the one known as Jesus the Christ and to reassure you that there is no need to reach for the counsel and wisdom of the Holy Spirit. The tongue of flame has touched your head; living fire has touched your lips, and you shall never be the same. And, indeed, in all the years of your wandering in exile, this has continued to be true.

Q’uo said Jesus has finished that personal business of greeting those that knew Him in life, and He has completed His journey within our planetary third-density life, and He has given Himself for all time and space to practicing the presence of unconditional Love so that it was necessary for Him to complete the esoteric and what Carla could call the inner-planes aspects of His journey within the incarnation, where He was known as Jesus the Christ, in order to come again as those of us who follow Him to call to Him. Then Q’uo said He cast a portion of His consciousness upon the winds of Spirit, creating for all of us that call upon His name that energy which is of the Christ, and yet which is cast in such a way that this consciousness can come down into the energy system of each of us who calls upon His name, and many, including Carla, have called this energy the Holy Spirit, and Q’uo made a distinction between Jesus and the Holy Spirit by saying that as we call upon Jesus, we call upon pure consciousness so that no longer can we receive a personality, for He has ascended, but the gift of unconditional Love which He embodied remains as a perfect jewel, and there is power in praying, “Jesus,” and there needs be no content to that call because that word represents the presence of the Christ. Q’uo went on to say that in contrast, the Holy Spirit speaks in the colors and biases of our inner configuration of mind, body, and spirit, and when called upon this energy combines itself with our higher self to create a group consciousness, and it combines with the self which we have created in our journey through what Carla would call mid-sixth density with the consciousness of unconditional Love so that there lies within us a home in which the Spirit of Christ and the best of ourself have combined, and this is a personal aspect of the Creator  with which we may have actual conversations, as does Carla. Now Q’uo said it is not an easy thing to achieve because such conversations may take time to create within ourself, but Q’uo assured us that this room is prepared for us, and our sacred space within us is ready for us to enter at all times and in all places, and we cannot be separated either from Jesus or the Holy Spirit, and by our love we have prepared this place within ourself, so Q’uo said this in order to encourage us to rest from any concern that we can be separated from the Love of Jesus and to reassure us that there is no need to reach for the wisdom of the Holy Spirit because the tongue of flame has touched our head; living fire has touched our lips; and we shall never be the same again; and in all the years of our wandering in exile, this has continued to be true. On March 11, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the Holy Spirit:

To become more aware of that which you have called the Holy Spirit is to widen the doors of perception, shall we say, and to invite this Spirit within one’s inner dwelling. We find again that the meditative state is that state most conducive to opening these doors, and to begin to perceive that the Holy Spirit does indeed move through these doors upon your invitation and dwells with you within your inner room. Practice this feeling of the presence of complete nurturing and inspiriting in a regular fashion, so that your inner feelings begin to permeate your consciousness to such a degree that the daily round of activities is then touched, colored, and transformed in some degree by that feeling of wholeness within the heart that is the product of this presence as it is practiced in a regular fashion.

We would say further that we would agree with the one known as L that it was necessary to walk away from that configuration within which she had received Jesus the Christ within the confines of organized religion, as this instrument would call it. We often find this to be true as we have worked with various entities who ask us questions of this nature through this instrument. It is as though the teaching concerning the one known as Jesus the Christ creates a kind of box in which the Christ cannot be contained. As a realization of the larger picture of creation, the Creator and the path of each entity through incarnation and towards a fuller understanding of the Creator come into being, the smaller picture will not endure. The smaller idea of unconditional Love cannot be sustained. And so, one must abandon that empty tomb of old belief and allow deadness to be rolled away, just as the one known as Jesus had to ascend in order to continue that good work which He had begun. Just so, at least once in most entities’ search for a true understanding of unconditional Love, must the comfortable old ways become a tomb, and the entity who is seeking release those old ideas and move according to the true call of the Christ within, which is “Follow me.”

In many ways, the path of those who leave organized religion is a path from belief to faith. Belief is a word which describes that which has an objective referent. There is belief in something. Creeds are statements of such belief systems. Catechisms are more detailed descriptions of that which one must believe in order to be saved, and for every preacher who preaches from a dogmatic point of view comes a stream of directives of how to believe in order to be saved. There is nothing dogmatic about unconditional love. It is an energy that rests in faith. To the faithful heart, all is well. That which is, is enough and that which seems to be needed is simply expected. There is no knowing. There is no listing of principles. There is only an underlying and surrounding feeling that all is well, that one is full of what one needs and that which one has is ample. The faithful heart rests in gratitude, quietness and surety. As you seek this transformative path that spirals into the energies of unconditional love ever more fully, we hope that you are able more and more to release any fears that you might be making a wrong step, thinking an incorrect thought, or exploring in areas that may not be appropriate. For the energy of unconditional love is a part of your nature.

Let us examine how this might be so, and how you might come into a deeper awareness of that gift of the Christ which is already within you. The one known as Jesus the Christ said, “I am the vine; you are the branches.” When you consider the growing of a vineyard, you realize that many vine keepers will graft onto the parent vine other stock which will make a hybrid vine. So, your first concern in being a branch of the true vine is not to take onto that vine anything that is not the true vine. This is why we began by saying that the consciousness of unconditional Love cannot be bound by concepts and words. Those who attempt to teach how Jesus thought tend to attempt to bind words onto the true vine of unconditional Love, as though explanation and explication will somehow create a better Jesus. Yet in truth, the true vine is a mystery.

Certainly the one known as Jesus was rooted in the earth, had an incarnation, had a story to tell, and completed an earthly journey. But as this entity attempted to express His understanding of who He was, ever and again He would describe himself not in personal terms, but in terms of a relationship. This entity saw himself as one who was called to speak as His Father gave Him wisdom to speak. He would say, “When you hear me, you do not hear me, you hear the one who sent me.” And again he would say, “I am the Son of man.” He saw himself as a human, but as a human who had laid down all that His personality shell said of Him as an offering, so that He could be as much as possible an exemplar of all human beings. He looked upon the distortions within Himself just as he looked upon the distortions He saw in all of those around Him, not with judgment but with an incredible willingness to dissociate them from His true nature. He emptied Himself, in other words, of personality in order more and more truly to be the person He truly was. He actively desired for His consciousness to become that consciousness that is caught up in unconditional Love. When He used the word “I,” He was not speaking of Himself as a man with a personality. He had penetrated to the truth of Himself, and when He found His true nature He found that it was caught up entirely in the “I” that is unconditional Love itself.

Now Q’uo said we would agree with L that it was necessary to walk away from that configuration within which she had received Jesus the Christ within the confines of organized religion because we often find this to be true as we have worked with entities who ask us questions of this nature through Carla, and it is as though the teaching of Jesus the Christ creates a kind of box in which the Christ cannot be contained, so Q’uo said that as we realize the larger picture of creation, the Creator, and the path of each of us through incarnation and towards a fuller understanding of the Creator comes into our being, the smaller idea of unconditional Love cannot endure, so we must abandon that empty tomb of old belief just as Jesus had to ascend in order to continue that good work which He had begun, and just so in our search for a true understanding of unconditional Love, must our comfortable old ways become a tomb, and we must release those old ideas and move according to the true call of the Christ within, which is “Follow me.” Then Q’uo said that in many ways, the path of those who leave organized religion is a path from belief to faith because belief is a word which describes that which has an objective referent, and creeds are statements of such belief systems, and catechisms are more detailed descriptions of that which we must believe in order to be saved, but there is nothing dogmatic about unconditional Love because it is an energy that rests in faith that all is well, that we are full of what we need, and our faithful heart rests in gratitude and surety so that as we seek this transformative path that spirals into the energies of unconditional Love ever more fully, we are able to release fears that we might be making a wrong step or thinking an incorrect thought because the energy of unconditional Love is a part of our nature. Then Q’uo wanted to examine how this might be so, and how we might come into a deeper awareness of that gift of the Christ which is already within us when Jesus said, “I am the vine; you are the branches.” So Q’uo said when we consider the vineyard, we realize that many vine keepers will graft onto the parent vine other stock which will make a hybrid vine, so our first concern in being a branch of the true vine is not to take onto that vine anything that is not the true vine, and this is why Q’uo began by saying that the consciousness of unconditional Love cannot be bound by words so that those who attempt to teach how Jesus thought tend to attempt to bind words onto the true vine of unconditional Love, as though explanation will create a better Jesus, but in truth the true vine is a mystery. Q’uo continued by saying Jesus had a story to tell and completed an earthly journey, but as this entity attempted to express His understanding of who He was, He would describe Himself in terms of a relationship where He was called to speak as His Father gave Him wisdom to speak, and He would say, “When you hear me, you do not hear me, you hear the one who sent me.” Q’uo said He saw Himself as a human who had laid down all that His personality shell said of Him as an offering so that He could be an exemplar for all human beings, and He emptied Himself of personality in order to be the person He truly was, and He desired for His consciousness to become that consciousness that is caught up in unconditional Love so that when He used the word “I,” He was not speaking of Himself as a man with a personality because He had penetrated to the truth of Himself, and when He found His true nature He found that it was caught up entirely in the “I” that is unconditional Love. On May 11, 2022, Q’uo spoke of Jesus as being an exemplar for all:

This oftentimes results in what you may call various degrees of sacrifice, which is shown or represented by what you have called the cross. The intersection of one direction, upward into the heavens, with the intersection of the horizontal plane of the earth that is able to be transcended by those who understand and practice the principles of service to others to the extent that they give all that they have—the life experience, the joy, the sorrows, the purpose of being—in order to exemplify the sacrifice of the earthly perceptions; and even the earthly life for the one known as Jehoshua so that others may see there is more, much more to the life experience than has ever been perceived before becoming aware of the teachings of the one known as Jehoshua.

Therefore, we can say that this entity has incarnated at various times upon many third density planets that have been able to receive these basic spiritual or metaphysical teachings, that the life experience is that which is meant, in the positive sense, to be dedicated to or given over to the serving of others, that may be seen, to be brothers and sisters of the one seeking to serve. This exemplar known as Jehoshua has been able to practice this presence of the One Infinite Creator as a means by which to perform what you would call miracles—of healing, of teaching, of giving inspiration to those who do not know that there is a greater reality that each is destined to experience upon the spiritual path that the one known as Jehoshua has laid out before all aspirants, or followers, of the creed of the Love of the One Infinite Creator being the primary creative force within the One Infinite Creator and within each entity that moves and lives and has his being within that One Creator.

When this instrument speaks to those that are not Christians, she often uses the term, Christ-consciousness. She is attempting to move entities past the concept of Christ as a person and to penetrate those walls that defend personhood, so that entities may feel that there is the possibility of perceiving a self that is free of those bounds of personality. The one known as Jesus said, “I am the way, I am the truth, I am the life.” Please remember that the Creator had a name to the one known as Jesus, and that name was “I AM THAT I AM.” Within incarnation this entity had opened up His personality shell, allowed it to fall away, and what was left was the pure consciousness of the Creator as this entity perceived it, and to this entity was given a perception of the Creator that was pure Love.

Wisdom has no part in the consciousness of Jesus the Christ. There is considerably more wisdom and certainly more consolation in the energy of the Christ that is known as the Holy Spirit. The consciousness of Jesus the Christ is pure Love. This is a good distinction to remember, for that which is facing each entity at this time within incarnation is the challenge of learning enough about unconditional Love to begin to follow the ways of Love and thusly to walk through the transformation from third density to fourth density; from the struggles of good and evil into the sunshine of pure Love.

The one known as Jesus faces the struggle between good and evil in a very simple way. This entity simply said, “Get thee behind me, temptation, for I will serve my Father.” It is not a complicated path, and it is often a path which involves suffering. The choice of love over fear can be seen to be quite brutal at times. Turning the other cheek, loving when one is reviled, bowing the head to those who would harm, and remaining meek in situations where those without the awareness of unconditional Love would spring to defend themselves is harsh. We can only say that the rewards of keeping it simple and hewing to the ways of Love are infinite. It is Love and not cleverness that will clear the sight of those who feel that they may be blind on the inner planes. It is knowing that one is part of the true vine that will give the soul rest through difficult periods when all seems confused and help does not seem to be near.

We ask you to rest within your energy body at this time, to breathe in deeply, and to exhale deeply, knowing that you are breathing in the consciousness of Jesus the Christ, and that you are breathing out that same consciousness. It is nearer to you than your thoughts or your hands or your feet. Indeed, your very heart pumps Love… Love… Love… Your essence is true. It has been expressing and continues to express, through a physical body, a mental, and an emotional body that often seem very biased and distorted. And these bodies will fail, go down to the dust, and end. That portion of yourself that came into incarnation that is of the Spirit is infinite and eternal. What is the glory of following one such as Jesus the Christ? That glory is in the focus of that one being, and how that lens of the infinite Creator can sharpen and delineate your path, so that you have a blazingly clear view of who you are and Whose you are. By all means welcome back into your consciousness the teacher known to you as Jesus. Insofar as it is necessary for you to do, love Him as a human being, but remember always that he wished to express the truth of the Father. He wished to be the lens that would indeed focus you to become as He, the servant of the Father, an active, living portion of the Creator. His words are wrapped in silence. His truth is wrapped in mystery. But that Word of Love, which is the consciousness of the Christ, is all in all.

Q’uo said that when Carla speaks to those that are not Christians, she often uses the term, Christ-consciousness because she is attempting to move us past the concept of Christ as a person so that we may feel that there is the possibility of perceiving ourself that is free of those limits of personality, and Jesus said, “I am the way; I am the truth; I am the life,” so we need to remember that the Creator had a name for Jesus, and that name was “I AM THAT I AM,” and within incarnation Jesus had opened up His personality shell, allowed it to fall away, and what was left was the pure consciousness of the Creator as He perceived it, and to this entity was given a perception of the Creator that was pure Love. Q’uo went on to say that wisdom has no part in the consciousness of Jesus, but there is more wisdom and consolation in the energy of the Christ that is known as the Holy Spirit, and the consciousness of Jesus is pure Love so that this is a good difference to remember, for that which is facing each of us at this time is the challenge of learning enough about unconditional Love to begin to follow the ways of Love and to walk through the transformation from third density to fourth density, from the struggles of good and evil into the sunshine of pure Love. Q’uo continued by saying that Jesus faces the struggle between good and evil in a simple way by saying “Get thee behind me, temptation, for I will serve my Father.” Q’uo said it is not a complicated path, but it is often a path which involves suffering, and the choice of love over fear can be seen to be brutal at times because turning the other cheek and loving when one is hated is harsh, so Q’uo could only say that the rewards of keeping it simple and hewing to the ways of Love are infinite because it is Love, and not cleverness, that will clear the sight of those who feel that they may be blind on the inner planes, and it is knowing that we are part of the true vine that will give our soul rest through difficult periods when all seems confused, and help does not seem to be near. Q’uo completed their reply by asking us to rest within our energy body at this time, to breathe in deeply, and to exhale deeply, knowing that we are breathing in the consciousness of Jesus the Christ, and that we are breathing out that same consciousness because it is nearer to us than our thoughts, and our heart pumps Love… Love… Love, and our essence is true, and it continues to express through our mental and our emotional body that often seem distorted, but these bodies will fail, and that portion of ourself that came into incarnation that is of the Spirit is infinite so that the glory of following Jesus the Christ is in the focus of our being, and how that lens of the infinite Creator can create our path so that we have a clear view of who we are and whose we are, and we should welcome back into our consciousness the teacher that we know as Jesus, and as it is necessary for us to do, to love Him as a human being, but remember that He wished to express the truth of the Father, and He wished to be the lens that would focus us to become as He, a servant of the Father, an active portion of the Creator, with His words wrapped in silence, His truth wrapped in mystery, but that Word of Love, which is the consciousness of the Christ, is all in all. On April 20, 2019, Q’uo spoke to our nature being all in all:

And we thank each once again for inviting our presence in your circle of seeking this day. As always, we are most gratified to join you, for we learn from you as much as you learn from us, my friends. Your third-density illusion is a great challenge for any entity to undertake. There is so much that is unknown that lies beyond the veil of forgetting, and we are most cheered and feel such great appreciation as each of you fearlessly move forward into the great unknown that, as you come to know it, you see as yourself, and all other selves combined to be the One who is all in all. Blessings on your journeys, my friends.

At this time we would welcome any further questions that you may have. We are those of Q’uo. Is there a question?

L: I can’t think of one. But I thank you very, very much.

Q’uo: My sister, it is such a joy to be able to share this time and, as this instrument is fond of saying, this energy with you. We truly are One and Jesus is Lord of all. For all time, and for all space, unconditional love is the essence of the Creator, and our path as well as yours winds ever closer to an awareness of that unity. Together may we serve, my sister. Together may we be that love. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and transplanted another cart of moss from the pet cemetery into the Moss Garden.

This afternoon I went outside and transplanted a second and last cart of moss from the pet cemetery into the Moss Garden.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

March 18

Dwell Upon Your Christhood

I am the spirit of the living Christ, and I greet you in the name of Jesus, that which is so evocative of the full consciousness of Love.

Dwell upon your Christhood this day. For the Son of Man invited all to partake in the suffering, renewal, resurrection, and transformation that lies beyond the point of deepest suffering, of completest loss.

Gaze within in awe and wonder at the Star of Hope lying above your own stable, that heart’s manger wherein lies the tiny, infant Christ within, that Christ which is powerful enough even in infanthood to raise all within to glory.

Rest back, out of the surface illusion of your daily life. Dive beneath those murky waters and find and acknowledge today your nature and your destiny. Then know that Christ has given into your hands the companion of that infant Christ within, and seek the grace and the peace of the living spirit of Christ in each and every day.

We leave you in the peace of Christ, both now and forever. Amen

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 6, 2005:

The question today has to do with guidance and how people can perceive guidance, how they can become aware of their guidance, and along a more specific line, we’re wondering just exactly how guidance can be perceived by people who do what we would consider to be quite evil things like killing, controlling, and torturing other people? Is it the case that guidance goes bad or is it the person, in the way they perceive the guidance? Could you give us some information on guidance, please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. We greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are. May we express our thanks to each of you for creating this circle of seeking and express what a privilege and a joy it is to be able to have the opportunity to share our thoughts through this instrument on the subject of guidance, both the positive and negative aspects of it. It is a large subject, and we can but hope to make a beginning in this session of working. But we are most grateful to you for providing the energy and the question to create a sharing of energy amongst all of us and you. We offer this up to the Creator, and would ask of you only that you continue throughout this session, and when you think of this session to use absolute honesty in examining your feelings about the thoughts that we share. Your discrimination is priceless. No one else can know what is right for you but you. You are the authority; we are not. We are only those who share thoughts. Please, if there are thoughts that we share this day that trouble you, or in any way do not resonate for you, drop them. Put them down and leave them behind, for they are not a part of your process. If you will do us this favor it will help us to feel reassured that we can share our thoughts without in any way damaging your own free will or the sacredness of that process within you which is your spiritual evolution.

You ask this day concerning guidance and we find that without a certain amount of discussion before we begin talking about guidance itself, we have nothing on which to hang it: no structure which will hold us and hold the concepts about which we would like to speak. And so, we would step back from that question long enough to share a few thoughts about the way we see you as beings. We see you as entities with, as this instrument has said recently, feet firmly planted in two worlds. You are soundly and firmly entrenched from your birth onwards throughout incarnation in a world of illusion that this instrument calls third density. It is consensus reality, as it were. It is the world in which you meet people, make relationships, create a living for yourself and for your family, and find value, meaning and direction in a life that is full of choices.

Upon entry into incarnation you receive a formative bath of cultural orientation. Your parents teach you what to think about the reality that meets your eyes. You form biases based on incorrect information given to you by parents, and teachers, and other authority figures. You create biases within yourself by the pain you experience when you are too helpless to defend yourself from such pain. And when it becomes too much to bear, you create pockets of pain deep within yourself and you bury them over with good times and school assignments and the growing-up process. By the time you have reached what your culture would call adulthood, you have a set of biases within yourself which have created a somewhat colored and distorted view of this consensus reality. And this is the beginning that each of you has. This is your start towards the grand adventure of moving from consensus reality and its extremely limited choices and thoughts into a greater world, a world that is non-local, that this instrument would call the metaphysical world or the world of time/space. It is this world from which you came upon entering incarnation. It is this world that you agreed to forget upon birth so that you could, with absolute freedom of choice, find your way, through desire alone, into what is loosely called the truth.

Now let us look at this situation. The help that you have for this journey is your larger self. Here is a larger self that includes the Creator and all that there is. Through many, many experiences of all the densities of experience up until now in your space/time travels, you have explored the energies of the elements: the plant kingdom, the animal kingdom. You have come at last into the world of animals which bear consciousnesses that are non-local. This is the animal that you now are in third density or in your consensus-reality beingness. It is not that you are divided or split against yourself. It is that the surface of yourself is created by the experiences of a biocomputer that is strictly your brain dealing with every experience that has touched you, and especially hurt you, in such a way as to survive that experience. You remember the good times; you remember the difficult times; you remember the choices that you have made and those things that seemed to have worked for you. You have found ways to protect yourself, to defend yourself, to help yourself be comfortable and happy. And you have done all of this with that consciousness that this instrument would describe as a great ape’s. Many instinctual behaviors have helped you to focus your energies in order to experience life as a comfortable thing.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with guidance and how people can perceive guidance, how they can become aware of their guidance, and along a more specific line, we’re wondering just exactly how guidance can be perceived by people who do what we would consider to be quite evil things like killing, controlling, and torturing other people? Is it the case that guidance goes bad or is it the person, in the way they perceive the guidance?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that we ask this day concerning guidance, and we find that without a certain amount of discussion before we begin talking about guidance itself, we have nothing on which to hang it, and so Q’uo said they would step back from that question long enough to share a few thoughts about the way they see us as beings, as Carla has said recently, with feet planted in two worlds so that we are established from our birth onwards throughout incarnation in a world of illusion that she calls third density, and it is consensus reality, the world in which we meet people and create a living for ourself and for our family, and we find direction in a life that is full of choices. Q’uo went on to say that upon entry into incarnation we receive a cultural orientation as our parents teach us what to think about the reality that we see, and we form biases based on incorrect information given to us by parents, teachers, and other authority figures, and we create biases within ourself by the pain we experience when we are too helpless to defend ourself, so when it becomes too much to bear, we create pockets of pain deep within ourself, and we bury them with good times, school assignments, and the growing-up process so that by the time we have reached adulthood, we have a set of biases within ourself which have created a distorted view of consensus reality, and this is our start towards the adventure of moving from consensus reality and its limited choices into a greater world that is non-local, that Carla would call the metaphysical world, and it is this world from which we came upon entering incarnation, and it is this world that we agreed to forget upon birth so that we could use free will to find our way into what is called the truth. Q’uo continued by saying the help that we have for this journey is our larger self that includes the Creator and all that there is, and through many experiences of all the densities of experience up until now in our space/time travels, we have explored the energies of the elements, the plant kingdom, and the animal kingdom, and now we have come into the world of animals which bear consciousnesses that are non-local so that this is the animal that we now are in third density, but it is not that we are divided against ourself, it is that the surface of ourself is created by our brain dealing with every experience that has touched us, and especially hurt us, in a way as to survive that experience, so we remember the good times, the difficult times, and we remember the choices that seemed to have worked for us, and we have found ways to protect ourself, and to help ourself be happy, and we have done this with that consciousness that Carla would describe as a great ape’s, so many instinctual behaviors have helped us to focus our energies in order to experience life as a comfortable thing. On October 20, 1996, Q’uo spoke of the  nature of our instinctual behaviors:

One of the ways in which entities within third and fourth densities tend to gauge balance is by placing one set of—this entity does not have the appropriate word. She would say “symptoms,” but we speak of ways of thinking and ways of reacting—that should be given to the female and the opposite given to the male principle. In fact, although it is so that the second-density physical vehicle that carries men’s and women’s consciousness about in those densities have distinctive sex related patterns of behavior, it is emphatically not so that the infinite and eternal spirit that is the true self is bounded by or even very conscious of these instinctual behaviors.

Gazing upon the young of your species, it is fairly easy to see that the male and the female children tend to play differently regardless of the toys which they are given. Each within this circle is aware of lifelong patterns of behavior which have been taught by those of good character and strong morality throughout their childhoods, so that the adult seeker not only has the built in biases of the biological body which it has for the space of this incarnation, but it also has a very thorough and often crippling grounding of what it means to be a biological male or female. Even taking these two sets of distortions into consideration we may note that it is certainly not true that all entities respond in the same way to the various conditioning experiences of their lives. There is, then, no fixed limitation as to how a spiritual seeker must express its own being.

At the same time, as you have become competent in working with your third-density body, making those choices and living your life, you have, whether early or late, whether suddenly or gradually, become aware of the larger universe that interpenetrates and surrounds consensus reality. There are many attempts by authority figures in one’s childhood, usually, to interest a growing being in the interests of religion. And often the first forays that a seeker has into that larger reality of the Spirit is offered through the offices of religion. Sometimes, as in the case of this instrument, the orientation of the seeker is such that such entries into spirit actually work, and there is given to one such as this instrument the opportunity to live a life in faith; never leaving the comfortable confines of a parish church and yet glorying in the company of angels and archangels. And so, it has been for this instrument. She did not reach far for her guidance system, for it was the guidance system set up by the one known as Jesus, whom she knew as a childhood friend. This guidance system is the one known as the Holy Spirit. This is only words to most people, but to this instrument it is a living being whom she has come to call Holly and with whom she talks every day.

For most entities who truly and deeply seek and will not be satisfied with the commonplaces that do not fill the empty places in the heart, none of this works. And so, the seeker begins a journey; whereto he does not know. All he knows is that he is seeking to fill the empty place within. It is not given to the seeker to know that he is already in that larger universe that he so craves to know. To the seeker, it somehow is all out there and to be reached for. And yet, that is not the model that we would give you nor the model with which we would ask you to work in attempting to clarify and refine your contact with your own guidance. We would offer you rather the picture of yourself as a being that rests already in the sacred space within, so that the process of learning is actually a process of recovering or remembering who you are.

Now, before incarnation, you created things for yourself that will stand you in good stead. You created relationships that would try you, test you and teach you how to serve without any expectation of return. You created ways in which you could in some outer way be of some service to those around you. And it is a wonderful exploration to undergo in faith to look at each day with the question, “How can I help? How can I serve? Whom can I love? And what shall I learn?” You do not ask these questions in a void. You ask them within the sacred space of your own heart.

That which we offer this instrument is offered in a very careful way. This instrument tunes for this contact as if she were a radio station, tuning to her highest and best self. And when she is there, knowing she is unworthy, but asking to be of service regardless, she offers herself with a whole and utter completeness to the highest and best energy that she knows. And in this instrument’s case, this instrument asks for the energy of Jesus the Christ, or what many would call Christ Consciousness, and what this instrument prefers at times to call unconditional Love. She asks for the highest and best contact that she can carry in a stable manner of unconditional Love. Then she gathers around herself a group so that she does not bear this upon her own shoulders, at all, but rather is simply the group’s focus and the translator of energy from one density, shall we say, or level, to another. It is a fairly complex practice and is geared towards the collection of information which has polarity and which therefore has power. She selects that target to which she attaches herself or with which she connects in order that she and this energy, this source that she has sought, may come together and create a body of words with the hope that such words may inform and inspire. There is risk involved in this work. It is the risk of receiving information that is not helpful, that is not positive, and that creates fear and anxiety rather than harmony, hope, and community.

When an entity by itself seeks guidance, there is no such risk. The instructions from many sources within your consensus reality on this are very clear. The suggestion in general is to go within. Go into that inner room of prayer, closet oneself, and listen to the silence. You see, guidance does not actually come in words. This instrument is not receiving direct guidance from us. This instrument is translating concepts that may have some power to heal or to help growth in your process. And in inner guidance, it is the same conceptual truth. So often, entities who feel that they have received guidance express it not in terms of words but in terms of epiphany, or realization. It is much larger than words can hold, this content of truth. The going into the silence is, first of all, to stop the self from talking; to divorce the self from the busy mind or what this instrument would call the monkey mind of third-density thought.

Then Q’uo said at the same time, as we have become competent in working with our third-density body and living our life, we have eventually become aware of the larger universe that interpenetrates consensus reality where there are attempts by authority figures in our childhood to interest us in religion, and often the first experience that we have as a seeker into the larger reality of the Spirit is offered through the offices of religion, and sometimes the orientation of the seeker is such that these entries into spirit work, so there is given to one such as Carla the opportunity to live a life in faith, never leaving the parish church while still glorying in the company of angels and archangels, and she did not reach far for her guidance system, for it was the guidance system set up by the one known as Jesus, whom she knew as a childhood friend, and this guidance system is the one known as the Holy Spirit which is only words to most people, but to this instrument it is a living being whom she has come to call Holly, and with whom she talks every day. Q’uo went on to say that for most of us who truly seek, and will not be satisfied with the commonplaces that do not fill the empty places in our heart, none of this works, and we begin a journey that leads us where we do not know, and all we know is that we are seeking to fill the empty place within, but it is not given to us to know that we are already in that larger universe that we desire to know as a seeker, and it is all out there to be reached for, but that is not the model that Q’uo wanted to give us, nor the model with which they would ask us to work with in attempting to refine our contact with our guidance, so they would rather offer us the picture of ourself as a being that already rests in the sacred space within, so that the process of learning is actually a process of remembering who we are. Q’uo continued by saying before incarnation we created things for ourself that will stand us in good stead such as relationships that would test us and teach us how to serve without any expectation of return, and we created ways in which we could be of some service to those around us, and it is a wonderful exploration to undergo in faith to look at each day with the questions: “How can I help? How can I serve? Whom can I love? And what shall I learn?” Q’uo said that we do not ask these questions in a void, but we ask them within the sacred space of our heart. Now Q’uo said that which we offer Carla is offered in a careful way as she tunes for this contact as if she were a radio station, tuning to her highest and best self, and when she is there, knowing she is unworthy, but asking to be of service regardless, she offers herself with a whole and utter completeness to the highest and best energy that she knows which is the energy of Jesus the Christ, and what she prefers at times to call unconditional Love, and she asks for the highest and best contact that she can carry in a stable manner of unconditional Love, so then she gathers around herself a group so that she does not bear this upon her own shoulders, but rather is simply the group’s focus and the translator of energy from one density to another so that it is a complex practice, and is geared towards the collection of information which has polarity and power, so she selects that target to which she connects in order that she and this energy, this source that she has sought [ Q’uo ] may come together and create a body of words with the hope that such words may inform and inspire, but there is risk involved in this work of receiving information that is not helpful, and that creates fear and anxiety rather than harmony, hope, and community. Then Q’uo said that when an entity by itself seeks guidance, there is no such risk, and the instructions from many sources within our consensus reality on this are very clear, so the suggestion is to go within that inner room of prayer and listen to the silence because guidance does not come in words, so Carla is not receiving direct guidance from us, but she is translating concepts that may have some power to heal or to help growth in our process, and in inner guidance, it is the same conceptual truth, so often instruments who feel that they have received guidance express it not in terms of words but in terms of realization which is larger than words can hold, and the going into the silence is to stop the self from talking and to divorce the self from the busy mind or what Carla would call the monkey mind of third-density thought. On September 27, 1992, Q’uo described one way that we can make contact with our inner guidance:

For those who have little or no experience in requesting guidance from those whose honor it is to provide such, we would recommend that there be those times of meditations reserved for opening the heart in this seeking to the inner guidance, and during this time we would recommend that the seeker begin to familiarize the self with those sensations and feelings that rise up from within as this request is made. Thus, the seeker will come to feel the response to this request, and will come to recognize the feeling tone, shall we say, of those who respond.

During these meditations it is helpful if the seeker is able to begin the meditations by centering the self upon those qualities of the self which are, shall we say, more securely set and which can be used as the building block. By centering upon the qualities that are stable the seeker offers its call and is in a position to remain open to the response according to the stability of centering qualities, be they humor, balance, care, devotion, intensity of desire, or whatever the seeker feels are the most stable and available characteristics. Then, when the seeker has become familiar with the feeling of the response, it is then possible to ask for such in the normal round of activities, outside of meditations.

Now, many times, each of you within this circle has experienced that wonderful movement from local and linear thought into imagination. Connections become looser and they slide across disciplines and ways of thinking, finding friendly structures in unlikely places. And one begins to create castles in the air and have wonderful towers of thought that have come to one somehow sideways. This is guidance at its most elementary. When you have finally been able to begin to disconnect the relentlessly logical, linear mind and have lifted away from ratiocination to imagination, then you have become ready to behold your larger self. As you sit in the silence of no-thought, as you relax into that sacred space that silence builds within you, your body is able to relax and let go of its incredibly tenacious hold on your deeper consciousness. Physical changes occur to one who is simply sitting and resting. The blood pressure drops, the pulse slows, the brainwaves actually change, and chemical changes occur throughout the body systems. You can breath more deeply at last and begin to release yourself into your fundamental seeking. You can begin at last to ask the questions that are too deep for words.

For most entities, the first thing that occurs when you move into the silence is that all of the things at which you have not wanted to look or which you have put aside because there was no time come up and are viewed by you. Do not resist these forays into seeming thoughts, for they are the material about which the very highest part of your subconscious being has been concerned. Welcome each of them as a guest without any attachment to how long that guest will stay. Sit with that guest. Listen and observe. This is something that has been stuck in your energy body. Let it get unstuck, but do not follow it. Allow it to express, allow it to rise, and allow it to fall again. This process may be all you can do for months if you are simply a beginner to silent meditation, and that is fully acceptable. That is progress of the greatest kind. Gradually you will become able to move deeper because you have begun clearing your energy body, and those blockages and distortions that were most troubling you, that were most constricting the energy on its way to your open heart, will have been released, balanced, loved and accepted by you.

Have you any idea how unaccepted you are by yourself? You have only to go into meditation to discover that. Let the ghosts that haunt you visit you. They cannot hurt you. You are safe. Allow them to rise, and begin to look at those ghosts and the shadows that they represent as worthy, honored, loved, accepted, and embraced. This is a powerful process and may we say that, in our opinion, it cannot be rushed. It cannot be hurried. It has its own rhythm in your life in Spirit. And once again, as you persist day by day in the discipline of allowing yourself to get to know yourself, you are clearing the way for an ever deeper understanding of who you are.

Now Q’uo said that many times, each of us within this circle has experienced that movement from linear thought into imagination where connections slide across disciplines and ways of thinking and finding friendly structures in unlikely places, and we begin to have wonderful towers of thought that have come to us somehow sideways which is guidance at its most elementary, and when we have finally been able to begin to disconnect our logical mind and have engaged our imagination, then we have become ready to behold our larger self, so as we relax into that sacred space that silence builds within us, our body is able to relax and let go of its hold on our deeper consciousness so that physical changes occur to us when we are sitting and resting so that our blood pressure drops; our pulse slows; our brainwaves change; and chemical changes occur throughout our body systems; and we can breathe more deeply and begin to release ourself into our fundamental seeking to ask the questions that are too deep for words. Q’uo went on to say that for most of us, the first thing that occurs when we move into the silence is that all of the things which we have not wanted to look at come up and are viewed by us, and we should not resist these thoughts, for they are the material about which the highest part of our subconscious being has been concerned so that we can welcome each of them as a guest without any attachment to how long they will stay, and then sit with that guest to listen and observe because this is something that has been stuck in our energy body, so we can let it get unstuck, but we should not follow it, but allow it to rise and to fall again, and this process may be all we can do for months if we are a beginner to silent meditation, and gradually we will become able to move deeper because we have begun clearing our energy body, and those blockages that were constricting the energy on its way to our open heart, will have been released, balanced, and loved by us. Q’uo continued by saying that if we would like to know how unaccepted we are by ourself we only have to go into meditation to discover that when we can let the ghosts that haunt us visit us because they cannot hurt us, so we can allow them to rise, and begin to look at those ghosts and the shadows that they represent as worthy, loved, and accepted so that this is a powerful process, and it cannot be rushed because it has its own rhythm in our life in Spirit, and as we persist day by day in the discipline of allowing us to get to know ourself, we are clearing the way for a deeper understanding of who we are. On December 17, 1995, Q’uo spoke of who we are:

The truth, the reality, of who we are, who you are, and what your basic nature is, is beyond mental acquisition. Those who seek the truth of being are those who are destined to follow a mystery, and much is gained by the entity who simply decides to trust that mystery, to trust the basic nature of the self, and to ask not to become something he is not, but rather to become that which he most truly is, for each of you has the pure and perfect Light within. Each of you dwells in a state of grace at a very deep level at all times in all places whatsoever.

Each of you came here very focused on learning and service. And yet you walk through the veil of incarnation, and you forget that focus so that as you live your life, you are learning not by rote, not by memorizing lessons that some teacher or authority figure has given you, but by every thought that you have, every desire that you are able to identify. The refinery of Earth is one in which you decide what to refine, what to pursue, what to bring up from the treasury of your own subconscious material and how to mine that material for the jewels that it contains. And it is in this model that we would talk to you about guidance.

You came into incarnation supported and bolstered, without any possibility of being abandoned or isolated, with a very solid, sturdy guidance system. It is up to you to create the structure with which you feel comfortable as a person for receiving this guidance. To some extent, you may do reading into religions, philosophies, myth, and archetype, for each culture has ways of describing and structuring guidance. For the Native Americans, for instance, every animal has a role to play in guiding. Each animal that you meet, therefore, is a messenger. There are systems of guidance which employ inspired human beings who act as gurus; and these gurus are able to focus spirit in such a way that realizations come to the student who is devoted to the guru. There are those religious systems which ask of one that one follow a certain master such as the one known as Jesus, the one known as Buddha, or the one known as Allah and his prophet. There is an almost infinite array of ways to approach beginning to become aware of guidance.

In general, we would say that you must follow the path of greatest resonance. If there is a master who resonates to you so much that you wish to follow in the footsteps of that master, then you will take a certain path towards guidance. If you find that you are more comfortable following the chain of coincidences, of those things that speak to you from day-to-day, then life itself becomes the messenger of guidance. And, in many cases, by the simple discipline of beginning to record one’s dreams or one’s thoughts after meditation, one is able to gain access to that web of love and support that is all around you and waiting with the greatest of eagerness and joy for the opportunity to be heard. We describe this and characterize this as guidance of a positive or service-to-others nature.

Q’uo continued by saying each of us came here focused on learning and service, and we walk through the veil of forgetting, and we forget that focus so that as we live our life we are learning by every thought that we have and every desire that we are able to identify because the refinery of Earth is one in which we decide what to bring up from our subconscious material and how to mine that material for the jewels that it contains, and it is this model that we would talk to you about guidance. Q’uo went on to say that we came into incarnation supported and with a sturdy guidance system, and it is up to us to create the structure with which we feel comfortable to receive this guidance, and we may read about religions, philosophies, myth, and archetype, for each culture has ways of describing and structuring guidance, and for the Native Americans every animal has a role to play in guiding so that each animal that we meet is a messenger, and there are also systems of guidance which have inspired human beings who act as gurus who are able to focus Spirit in a way that realizations come to the student who is devoted to the guru just as there are religions which ask that we follow a certain master such as Jesus, Buddha, or Allah and Mohammad, and there is an almost infinite array of ways to approach beginning to become aware of guidance. Then Q’uo said that we must follow the path of greatest resonance so that if there is a master who resonates to us that we wish to follow in the footsteps of that master, then we will take a certain path towards guidance, or if we find that we are more comfortable following the chain of coincidences, then life itself becomes the messenger of guidance, and by the discipline of beginning to record our dreams or our thoughts after meditation, we are able to gain access to that web of Love and support that which is all around us and waiting with eagerness and joy for the opportunity to be heard, and Q’uo described these as guidances of a positive or service-to-others nature. On October 17, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of the web of Love:

Settle in for that long walk. It is a beautiful walk, my friends. It is one with a good ending, and in reference to life as a game, it is a game that you can win. You have only to love and to allow yourself to be loved in return. For, my friends, the Creator loves you more than you can possibly imagine. You are surrounded with Love. There is a web of Love around you that is partially angelic and partially that of your guidance, which you could call your higher self, that highest and best self that is a gift to you from yourself in sixth density.

Rest in the web of Love that surrounds you and be infinitely curious as you witness this life. You came here to create according to your desires that which you wished. Therefore, shape your desires to match your deepest self, and the deepest desires of which you are aware. And seek always to go deeper, to learn more and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment.

You have also asked about guidance of a service-to-self nature, or a negative nature, such as the guidance system of the one known as Hitler and other obviously service-to-self entities who are not interested in helping others but in controlling them. Within the time/space densities from which guidance comes, the positive and the negative paths are separated. One within fourth or fifth density has chosen either to serve others or to serve the self. You as a positive spirit are receiving guidance from your own Greater Self at a density that is further on in space/time than your own. You are receiving back the information that you have won by earning it through lesson after lesson, service after service, and density upon density. When you receive guidance of a negative nature, it has not been arranged beforehand. It has not been planned before incarnation. Rather, it has the character of a predator and its prey. For the service-to-self entity that wishes to be a negatively-oriented guide for a third-density entity is actually looking to control the source of power and to be sure that that power does not turn towards the light but towards the darkness.

These entities are what this instrument would describe as vampiric in nature. They are looking to feed upon your love and to turn it into fear. The path of their ingress into your system of awareness has to do with those deeply buried spaces of pain, which are usually embedded during childhood but may have been embedded more recently, in the adulthood, as well. Usually the deepest pockets of pain and suffering within an entity’s psyche are those that have been buried since childhood and have been well covered over. If you have distortions involving anger, for instance, such an entity can find a roost deep within you. And if you become interesting to such an entity because you have begun to seek the light and have therefore polarized and begun to accrue power to your being within incarnation, you will attract such entities’ attention. And they will look throughout your armor of light, shall we say, throughout your energy body, to see where there is a hidden pocket of pain that is unknown or unaccepted by the conscious mind and unloved by the conscious heart. And into this pocket they will come and perch and wait for the opportunity to create fear, pain, division and so forth.

Each entity is vulnerable in her own way to such greeting. It is like a Chinese puzzle, in that the more such greeting is resisted, the stronger it can become. Had the one known as Hitler been able to turn and face the pain within him, this entity would not have been able to delude himself as he did; for indeed this entity believed that he was aiding not only himself but his entire race, with which he identified strongly, by excluding those who were not perfect, as was his race. To build up such prejudice is to move ever deeper into fear and exclusion. When in your life you see divisive energies, energies that judge and exclude and create a feeling of elitism and a sense that one is better than another entity or another group, you can easily finger the culprit. You have been beguiled by vampire energy into turning to a part of yourself in which the light is not developed.

There is always the choice, when this is perceived, as to how to deal with the situation. If you reject yourself and judge yourself for having come into this configuration of thought, then you are increasing those divisive energies and moving further from the love that you understand is positive. You are still engaged in loving, but that love has been distorted into fear and into those negative emotions which attack, defend and create barriers. Moving back into a gaze of the self, you may see that it comes down, ever and always, to this moment. Here is the moment of choice; here is the arena of so-called light and so-called darkness. Shall you love what you see or shall you reject it? All of polarity and all of your access to guidance rests on your decision, in this moment, to embrace, include and love; or to reject, exclude, and fear. Here is where words like faith, grace, and hope are seen to be entities of great beauty, power, and truth. At the moment that you realize that you must ask for help, you have already begun to receive that help. It is as reflexive as breathing out and breathing in. Know that you are never alone when you seek the truth. Know that you are in the company of those that love you and wish only to support you.

How to access your guidance? There are as many ways as there are people. And we will be glad to explore any of those ways about which you wish to ask. Simply knowing yourself to be the being that you are is the beginning of a great adventure. And may we say that at any time that you wish us to aid in your meditation, we are glad to join you if you will but mentally request our presence. It is not that we have anything to add but our love. That love is as a carrier wave that enables you to meditate a little more smoothly and deeply. We gladly offer that and are most grateful to serve and we thank each of you who has asked us and who has been able to feel that underlying and undergirding steadiness that comes with meditating as part of a larger group. Be assured that you have an extended family of what this instrument would call angels and beings that have worked with you before that rest around you continuously and that bolster you on every side: before and behind, above and beneath. You rest in a web of love.

Q’uo went on to say we have asked about guidance of a service-to-self nature such as the guidance system of Hitler and other negative entities who are not interested in helping others but in controlling them, and within the time/space densities from which guidance comes, the positive and the negative paths are separated so that one within fourth or fifth density has chosen either to serve others or to serve the self, and since we are a positive spirit we are receiving guidance from our own Greater Self that we have earned through many lessons, services, and densities, so when we receive guidance of a negative nature, it has not been arranged before our incarnation, but it has the: “character of a predator and its prey because the service-to-self entity that wishes to be a negatively-oriented guide for a third-density entity is actually looking to control the source of power and to be sure that that power does not turn towards the light but towards the darkness.” Then Q’uo said that these entities are what Carla would describe as vampiric in nature because they are looking to feed upon our love and to turn it into fear, and the path of their ingress into our system of awareness has to do with our deeply buried spaces of pain, which were embedded during childhood but may have been embedded more recently, as well, so if we have distortions involving anger such an entity can find a target deep within us, and if we have begun to seek the light and have  polarized and begun to accrue power to our being we will attract such entities’ attention, and it will look throughout our armor of light and our energy body to see where there is a hidden pocket of pain that is unaccepted by our conscious mind and unloved by our heart, and into this pocket they will come and wait for the opportunity to create fear, pain, and division. Now Q’uo said that each of us is vulnerable in our own way to such greeting which is like a Chinese puzzle, in that the more we resist the greeting, the stronger it can become so that if Hitler been able to face the pain within him he would not have been able to delude himself as he did, for indeed he believed that he was aiding not only himself but his entire race by excluding those who were not perfect, as was his race so that to build up such prejudice is to move deeper into fear and exclusion, so when we see divisive energies that create a feeling of elitism we can easily identify the culprit, and know that we have been controlled by vampire energy into turning to a part of ourself in which the light is not developed. Q’uo went on to say that when we can perceive that there is always a choice as how to deal with the situation, but if we judge ourself for having come into this configuration of thought, then we are increasing those divisive energies and moving further from the love that we understand is positive—even though we are still engaged in loving–our love has been distorted into fear and into those negative emotions which attack and create barriers so that if we can move back into a gaze of ourself, we may see that it comes down to this moment of choice in the arena of light and darkness, and we can love or reject what we see, and all of our polarity and access to guidance depends upon our choice in this moment, so here is where words like faith and grace are seen to be entities of power and truth, and in the moment that we realize that we must ask for help, we have already begun to receive that help because it is as reflexive as breathing out and breathing in, and we need to remember that we are never alone when we seek the truth because we are in the company of those that love and support us. Q’uo completed their reply by saying there are as many ways for us to access our guidance as there are people, and they would be glad to explore any of those ways that we wish to ask about, and simply knowing ourself to be the being that we are is the beginning of a great adventure, and they said that at any time that we wish them to aid in our meditation they would be glad to join us if we mentally requested their presence because they could add their love to our meditation, and love is a carrier wave than can enable us to meditate more deeply, and we have an extended family of what Carla would call angels and beings that have worked with us before that rest around us continuously and that support us on every side: before and behind, above and beneath, and we rest in a web of Love. On October 17, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the web of Love:

Settle in for that long walk. It is a beautiful walk, my friends. It is one with a good ending, and in reference to life as a game, it is a game that you can win. You have only to love and to allow yourself to be loved in return. For, my friends, the Creator loves you more than you can possibly imagine. You are surrounded with Love. There is a web of Love around you that is partially angelic and partially that of your guidance, which you could call your higher self, that highest and best self that is a gift to you from yourself in sixth density.

Rest in the web of Love that surrounds you and be infinitely curious as you witness this life. You came here to create according to your desires that which you wished. Therefore, shape your desires to match your deepest self, and the deepest desires of which you are aware. And seek always to go deeper, to learn more and to become freed to be attentive to the present moment.

We would ask at this time if there are any queries before we leave this instrument and we thank each of you for enabling us to respond to such an excellent question. We are those of Q’uo.

Is there another query at this time?

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and find that we have exhausted the questions in this circle of seeking for the moment. We say again to you what a privilege and a pleasure it is to be with you and to share our humble thoughts. And may we ask you again to discard them without a second thought if they trouble you. The beauty of your beings and your seeking humbles us and opens our hearts. Thank you, each of you. We are those of Q’uo, and we leave you as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Feeder’s Supply where I bought some bird seed. My second stop was at Kroger’s where I bought some Pepsi-Zero and some bananas. My second stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some more food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreens’ Drug Store where I pickup up a prescription and bought some Kleenex.

This afternoon I went outside and used some super glue to glue down a couple of letters in Bosco’s name that had come off of his gravestone. Then I went across the street and spread some bird seed under the bird feeder’s in my neighbor’s front yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 17

The Winds Of Circumstance

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Just as your angry oceans in the teeth of the gale, so are your hearts within you as you attempt to deal with the things which are of your mundane world. The angry ocean rages within each cell of any body which attempts to move against the direction of the prevailing winds.

And one who chides and discriminates against its own body or circumstances does so needlessly. For the wind of circumstance is not apart from the pilgrim but much influenced by the subconscious thoughts of that pilgrim.

And the ocean of illusion is molded more than can be seen on the surface by the thoughts which are created by worry and fear.

Seek, then, the positive, forward-moving winds of the Spirit which lie within and beyond all mundane bodies and circumstances, so that the winds are no longer angry and, more and more, those things mundane may breathe the fresh breeze of spirit which comes to all who may be blessed by such grateful wind.

We leave you in the full blessing of the consciousness of Love, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from March 4, 2005:

Jim: [Reading S’s question.]

First of all, Q’uo, S would like to thank you for your service to her and to all of us on planet Earth at this time, a time when we are all in great need of assistance. She would like some direction in her own path of seeking. She would like to polarize more positively, and she would like some direction as to how she could do this more effectively. She would like you to speak to any blockages that you may have noticed within her mind/body/spirit complex and please give her direction on what she can do to unblock these blockages. She would also like some information on how she could balance love and wisdom in her own life. That is a big lesson for all of us, and she would appreciate whatever you have to say in that regard.

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of the Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we are. We thank the one known as S this day for calling us to this circle of seeking. We feel most privileged and honored to be allowed to share our thoughts with you and with this circle of seeking. And we would ask of you that which we always ask with any circle to which we offer thoughts, and that, my sister, is that you use your discrimination in listening to what we have to say. We may be right on target with some of our thoughts and with other thoughts we may miss completely. We need for you to know your own heart and your own needs to the point where, if something does not make sense to you, or if it grates in any way, you lay it aside without a second thought. This discrimination will enable us to speak freely without abridging the free will of yourself or in any way encroaching upon the sanctity of your process. With this understood, we are satisfied that we are in a good position to be able to speak with you and we thank you for your consideration.

You have asked this day about how to advance and refine your polarization so as to achieve a vibration that is consistent with the fourth density rather than the third density of existence as you know it, and about how you can better balance yourself in each chakra of your energy body in order better to create the proper environment for this polarizing work in consciousness. You also asked about the relationship between love and wisdom and how that dynamic works and how it can be balanced, which we feel will probably take care of itself as we address the first two questions, but we shall revisit that before we open the meeting to further questions. We thank you for these questions. They are excellent, and we simply hope that we may have some material that will serve as a resource for you on this great seeking that you express at this time.

Polarization is a matter of choice and of repeated choice, and we find in gazing at your energy that you grasp this basic fact very well, and that you have been working on the basic choice of service to others or service to self and not for a short length of time but for some time within your incarnation. The subtleties of choice, especially the repetitions of choice, are sometimes more of a challenge than others. Some choices seem very obvious: whether to respond in anger to anger or whether to respond in love. That is an obvious choice. Yet let us examine this example for subtlety and nuance. When someone speaks with you in a way that feels angry, or hostil,e or jangling to you, certainly your first impulse is to, as this instrument would say, clean up your act as far as the response is concerned. And may we say that we feel that you do a fairly good job for the most part in your responses. Of course, one could find ways to criticize the self. But 95% of the time, shall we say, your basic work in this area is sound, and we congratulate you on the kind of full-body effort that you are making to be a gentle spirit, one who does return love, who does not ask to be loved but rather seeks to love. This is the heart of the polarization for fourth-density graduation.

When someone does express negative emotions to you, however, there is more information there than the simple hostility. There is truth. It is the kind of truth that you see in a hall of mirrors at the midway of a carnival. There are no mirrors that show you a true image in such a hall of mirrors. Every mirror is crazed. Some create a tall and slender S, others create a short and fat S. Some warp you to the right and some warp you to the left. Some make wavy lines throughout your entire image so that your eyes and your nose and your mouth do not match up and your neck is at one side and your torso at another and your leg off on the other side again. How can these images be helpful? That is the question that we ask you. How can the crazed and incorrect images of negative emotion directed towards you be helpful?

It is a brave and a stalwart soul who is willing to look into that question; to look into the nuances and the subtleties of other entities with whom you have crossed paths and whose reaction to you is, in fact, a projection of their own process. And may we say that in every situation, no matter how much distortion that there is in that entity’s reaction to you and in that hostility that is unfair and unjust, nevertheless there lies material to be mined in the quiet of one’s own thoughts all the time. For each and every image of you that appears to you is pregnant with information. Perhaps some of this information drags you where you would rather not go, into the shadow side of self that brings before you material that is painful. The injustice and unfairness of such images of the self that they project, from another whose reactions to you are negative, is seemingly completely incorrect. Yet in that moment of interpenetration of the two energy bodies there is sacredness if you are willing to accept the challenge of sitting in sacred space with such unhappy and unjust colors, shapes, and images.

There is an honor to be done to those who are unjust to you, who do not understand you and who cannot see who you really are. To honor and to mine this information that you have been given is often a challenge which you need to meet only through a process of time, revisiting the thoughts that were shared, the feelings that you felt upon receiving these unjustly offered thoughts and so forth. The process is not bound by your awareness of consensus-reality time. You can revisit this moment a year from now, and it will still be as fresh and real as it was when it occurred. So, if you do not do this immediately, feeling the pain, being unable to go further with this material at the present time, that is perfectly and wholly acceptable. There is no time limit on work in consciousness.

S’s question was: “She would like to polarize more positively, and she would like some direction as to how she could do this more effectively. She would like you to speak to any blockages that you may have noticed within her mind/body/spirit complex and please give her direction on what she can do to unblock these blockages. She would also like some information on how she could balance love and wisdom in her own life. That is a big lesson for all of us, and she would appreciate whatever you have to say in that regard.” Q’uo began by saying that  polarization is a matter of repeated choice, and they found in gazing at our energy that we grasp this fact well, and that we have been working on the basic choice of service to others for some time within our incarnation, and the subtleties of the repetitions of choice are more of a challenge than others because some choices seem obvious such as whether to respond in anger to anger or whether to respond in love, and that is an obvious choice, yet when someone speaks to us in a way that feels angry, certainly our first impulse is to clean up our act as far as our response is concerned, and Q’uo said that they feel that we do a good job in our responses, and we could find ways to criticize ourself, but 95% of the time our basic work in this area is sound, and they congratulated us on the kind of full-body effort that we are making to be a gentle spirit, one who returns love, who does not ask to be loved but rather seeks to love, and this is the heart of the polarization for fourth-density graduation. Q’uo went on to say that when someone does express negative emotions to us, there is the kind of truth that we see in a hall of mirrors on the midway of a carnival where there are no mirrors that show a true image of us because some mirrors create a tall and slender image; others create a short and fat image, and some warp us to the right, and some warp us to the left, so Q’uo’s question was how can these negative images directed towards us be helpful? Q’uo continued by saying that it is a brave soul who is willing to look into the subtleties of other entities with whom we have crossed paths and whose reaction to us is a projection of their own process, and they said that in every situation, no matter how much distortion that there is in that entity’s reaction to us and in that hostility that is unfair, there is material to be mined in the quiet of own thoughts, for every image of us that appears to us is pregnant with information, but some of this information may take us where we would rather not go, into the shadow side of ourself that brings material to us that is painful, and the unfairness of such images of ourself that they project, from one whose reactions to us are negative, seems incorrect, but in that moment of interpenetration of the two energy bodies there is sacredness if we are willing to accept the challenge of sitting in sacred space with such unhappy images. Then Q’uo said that there is honor to be done to those who are unjust to us, and who cannot see who we really are, and to honor this information that we have been given is often a challenge which we need to meet through a process of revisiting the feelings that we felt upon receiving these unjust thoughts, but the process is not bound by our awareness of consensus-reality time because we can revisit this moment a year from now, and it will still be as real as it was when it occurred, so if we do not do this  feeling of the pain at the present time, that is perfectly acceptable because there is no time limit on work in consciousness. On March 2, 2002, Q’uo gave the basics of doing work in consciousness:

Consequently, the prelude to working upon the blue ray or the throat chakra is the same as any other energy work. It begins with red ray and clears blockages sequentially, red, orange, yellow, green. Once the energy into the heart has been secured as a good supply then it is that entities may work further and begin that which is truly a blessed and healing thing, work in consciousness. Work within blue ray is helpfully preceded by time spent in silence within the heart chakra, for there is the need to become undefended, and it is only in the heart chakra that you are able to reprogram fear into love.

Once as a seeker you are convinced that your heart is fully open and flowing then work upon the specific difficulty may begin. Communication is often much more a matter of that which is between the words than that which is text. Consequently, once the heart is opened there can be the conscious request to include that green energy of the open heart.

Meet the entities that you meet within the, shall we say, role-playing mask that you wear so that you are aware that you are an actor upon the stage and are creating your lines in accord with the truth of your being. Your hope then is to remove those blockages from speech which have visited you as fear and replace them with motives and energies that have to do with vulnerability, humility, compassion, forgiveness, and absolute honesty. When you have been able to create a safe atmosphere with another entity then communication becomes far easier.

Sometimes it may help in this regard for you to keep a little journal and to write down those things you feel you cannot process at a certain moment. You may find that there is a pattern to this, that certain relationships are almost entirely beyond your ability to process in the present tense, as we think of those things, shall we say, in your consensus reality, in space/time. Nevertheless, it helps sometimes to note down what you can do about this material, to write down how you felt, note simply what was said, or how unjust or just it might be. This is not necessary for you to do. What is helpful is simply to mark the moment and to note especially everything you can remember about your initial reaction.

What is this initial reaction? Let us say that it is an entry into an underground river or stream of emotion, for you never feel emotion alone. It is not your emotion. Rather, it is a part of the color and brilliance of a system of subconscious, shall we say, waterways that begin with streams of emotion that are very small, that perhaps few people experience. They are highly colored and highly biased and may have to do only with you and another person and perhaps three or four dozen other entities on the face of your planet who have experienced just exactly that combination of emotions that creates this crystalline moment with its biases, distortions, color, and beauty.

You are a crystal being, and everything you feel has its truth. You are always worthy to feel what you feel. There is never such a thing as an unworthy emotion. Everything, from seemingly black to seemingly blatant white in polarity, is acceptable to the one infinite Creator. Your job is to see and know the truth of yourself. When you feel these emotions, you may feel they are unworthy, but they are not. They are your truth and in feeling this emotion you have entered into what this instrument calls the archetypal mind.

Within the archetypal mind there is a very rich, detailed, and broad spectrum of waterways, shall we say, emotionally coming from the most biased, and the most colored, and the most unique to you, moving slowly down into larger waterways which you come into as you purify these emotions, as you find distortion and bias and see into that distortion and bias. Over time, through realization and other work in consciousness which is more deliberate and less spontaneous, you begin to purify and refine the sensing system of your energy body so that when you feel the next emotion, even if it is exactly that emotion that was yours the last time that you felt it in connection with this relationship that is ongoing, say, yet you begin to enter into a larger waterway than that in which you are in the company only of those few entities who have your biases and have run into an entity and interacted and that entity has reacted in the same way.

Then Q’uo said that sometimes it may help for us to keep a journal and to write down those things we feel we cannot process at a certain moment, and we may find that certain relationships are almost beyond our ability to process in the present tense in our consensus reality, but it helps to write down the moment and to note everything we can remember about our initial reaction. Q’uo went on to say that our initial reaction may be found by our entry into our underground river of emotion, for we never feel emotion alone because it is not our emotion, but it is a part of the color and brilliance of a system of our subconscious waterways that begin with streams of emotion that are very small, that perhaps few people experience, and they are highly biased and may have to do only with us and another person, and perhaps three or four dozen other entities on the face of our planet who have experienced that combination of emotions that creates this crystalline moment with its biases, distortions, and beauty. Q’uo continued by saying that we are a crystal being, and everything we feel has its truth, so we are always worthy to feel what we feel from everything black to white in polarity, and this is acceptable to the one infinite Creator, for our job is to know the truth of ourself so that when we feel these emotions, we may feel they are unworthy, but they are not because they are our truth, and in feeling these emotions we have entered into what Carla calls the archetypal mind. Now Q’uo said that within the archetypal mind there is a broad spectrum of our emotional waterways coming from the most biased and the most unique to us, moving slowly into larger waterways which we come into as we purify these emotions through realization and other work in consciousness which is more deliberate as we begin to purify the sensing system of our energy body so that when we feel the next emotion we begin to enter into a larger waterway in which we are in the company of those few entities who have our biases, and we have interacted with them in the same way. On September 5, 2010, Carla spoke of the nature of our energy body:

The Love and the Light of the infinite Creator is moving through our energy body in inexhaustible supply at all times. We can’t run out. By stopping the flow of Love through us, by clutching and contracting around our woes and our problems—which we all have—what we can do is stop that flow into the heart, and then we can’t get our hearts open all the way. The fuel is Love. It’s right here. It is inexhaustible. We don’t have to hoard it. All we have to do is live in such a way that our energy bodies are clear so that we get that energy through us at all times.

You begin, as you refine your own system of energy and the corresponding emotional capacity of that crystalline being that you are, to enter into the system of archetypal mind in such a way that you are in a larger company, with more people who have done more work, just as you have done more work. What you are aiming for here is not to remove emotions but to refine and purify emotions. You are looking for a deeper and deeper truth about yourself. Now, just as all water systems do, when the stream becomes a creek and the creek becomes a river, the river widens and develops energy and power, and finally it reaches the ocean. The ocean of the archetypal consciousness is unconditional love. You cannot rush or hurry the sail that you are on. You can mend your sails on your boat; you can correct and re-correct your readings of the stars; you can check your rudder for strength; but you must sail as the truth of your being is ready to sail.

Penetrating too quickly into the water system and especially into the ocean of the archetypal mind is dangerous for you. It may swamp your boat. And it will certainly land you in a world of confusion that you cannot sort out by yourself. So, as you do this work of attempting to increase your polarization, we encourage you to respect and honor every truth that each emotion offers to you, noting it down. And if you cannot handle working with it at this time, yet still honor and respect your truth, your color, and your brilliance.

Now let us look further at the way in which one polarizes. Let us step back from the question of polarization and look at the energy body with which you are working. For simplification and convenience, that energy body may be thought to consist of the various chakras. And this instrument is aware of a system in which the chakras are as the colors of the rainbow: red, orange, yellow, blue, green, indigo and violet, with the white chakra, shall we say, hovering just at the top of that energy body as a crown. The first three chakras—red, orange and yellow—are the chakras which we would suggest it is helpful to visit every day, asking yourself in meditation, “What are my issues with survival? What are my issues with personal relationships with myself and with those about me? And what are my issues with the groups which I have decided to join as a human being in consensus reality?” These three categories are the categories of the red, orange, and yellow energies.

Every human being living through incarnation upon planet Earth has biases and distortions in those three chakras that need to be gazed at in peace, serenity, and lack of judgment each day, not with a view to kicking out the unwanted emotions or the unwanted distortions, but with a humble and open-handed prayer to be given guidance. Ask for balance. Ask for your guidance system to find ways to show you how to better balance your fears about survival, your concerns regarding relationships, and your puzzlement concerning the feelings, requests, and requirements of the various groups into which you have chosen to come. They may be those relationships of the birth family or the marriage family. They may be work-related. But each group has its own biases and its own distortions, and these are not necessarily a part of your own process. Yet they can pull you and push you and affect the way you perceive yourself and your process. We encourage you to do this work patiently and with a sense of humor, and, most of all, completely without self-judgment. The object here is not to judge the self or to decide how to better the self. The object is to come into an awareness of where you are today.

Now Q’uo said that as we refine our own system of energy and the emotional capacity of that crystalline being that we are to enter into the system of our archetypal mind in such a way that we are with people who have done more work, just as Q’uo has done more work, and what we are aiming for is not to remove emotions but to refine and purify emotions because we are looking for a deeper truth about ourself, and now, when the stream becomes a creek, and the creek becomes a river, the river widens and develops power, and finally it reaches the ocean of archetypal consciousness which is unconditional love, and we cannot rush the sail that we are on, but we can mend our sails on our boat; we can correct and re-correct our readings of the stars; we can check our rudder for strength; but we must sail as the truth of our being is ready to sail. Q’uo went on to say that penetrating too quickly into the into the ocean of the archetypal mind is dangerous for us since it may swamp our boat, and it will land us in a world of confusion that we cannot sort out by ourself, so as we do this work of increasing our polarization, Q’uo encouraged us to honor every truth that each emotion offers to us, and if we cannot handle working with it at this time, yet we should continue to honor our truth, and our brilliance. Q’uo continued by saying they wanted step back from the question of polarization and look at the energy body with which we are working which consists of chakras, and Carla is aware of a system in which the chakras are as the colors of the rainbow: “red, orange, yellow, blue, green, indigo and violet, with the white chakra, shall we say, hovering just at the top of that energy body as a crown.” Q’uo said the first three chakras—red, orange and yellow—are the chakras which they would suggest it is helpful to visit every day, asking ourself in meditation: “What are my issues with survival? What are my issues with personal relationships with myself and with those about me? And what are my issues with the groups which I have decided to join as a human being in consensus reality?” Q’uo said these three categories are the categories of the red, orange, and yellow energies. Now Q’uo said that every human being living upon planet Earth has distortions in those three chakras that need to be gazed at in peace and lack of judgment each day, not with a view to kicking out the unwanted emotions, but with a humble prayer to be given guidance and to ask for our guidance system to find ways to show us how to better balance our fears about survival, our concerns regarding relationships, and our confusion concerning the requests of the various groups into which we have chosen to come whether they may be our birth family, marriage family, or work-related group because each group has its distortions, and these are not necessarily a part of our own process, but they can push us and affect the way we perceive ourself and our process, so Q’uo encouraged us to do this work with a sense of humor and without self-judgment because the object here is not to judge ourself but to come into an awareness of where we are today. On September 5, 2010, Carla described the nature of our guidance system:

Now the veil makes free will our guide because nothing is known for sure. So, it’s not that we’re completely on our own. We’re most emphatically not on our own. We have our guidance system, and that includes at least three angels, your higher self, and any additional angels that you have attracted to yourself because of your work or the polarity of your basic vibration. And you can have dozens of angels around you. A lot of people in my Christian tradition also find they have affinities to saints, and you can ask the saints to come along with you and be a part of your guidance system.

Then, looking at nature, you have all of the nature spirits that are ready to dance with you. If you’ve ever focused on the animal life around you may have discovered your totems, certain animals that come when you’re at a choice-point or you need confirmation on the way you’re thinking.

All of these strengths await you. But in terms of making the decisions for yourself, you are alone. You can’t just choose to do something because I say it’s a good idea, or because Ra says it’s a good idea, or Jesus says it’s a good idea or Buddha or any person living or dead, or any kind of genius. You can’t give up your power and still do a good job of polarizing. You don’t need to scoot in on anybody else’s coat tails. You are worthy. You will suffice.

Thereason that we so strenuously encourage this work is that where you want to go in the next chakra requires that these three chakras, the basic chakras, be in sufficient balance that the infinite supply of unconditional love and energy for life coming into your energy system from the root chakra or red-ray chakra can move upwards without significant blockage. We do not say without distortion but without significant blockage into the heart. If you cannot clear the lower chakras enough that you are getting a good supply of the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator into the heart chakra, then this is where you need to stop for the moment. It is important for you to be able to rest in the sacred space of your own open heart and to know yourself there before you can really do work in consciousness with any confidence that you will not harm yourself or confuse yourself more than you clarify things for yourself. As we have said many times through this instrument, there are what this instrument calls “lions at the gate” guarding your entry into your own heart. Listen to those lions and find the patience with yourself to do the work that it takes to make entry into your heart in such a way that the lions not only allow you to pass, but give you the feeling that they are now guarding your back.

Then take a few moments to rest in the consciousness of yourself in its larger sense. For you have, when you pass the first three chakras and move into the heart, moved from the outer personality into the inner truth, from space/time into time/space and from judgment into redemption or forgiveness. For you have become a larger you. The “I” that is the first-person singular of you is significantly changed in the atmosphere and the sanctity of the open heart. When you feel that you are beginning to vibrate with unconditional love, you have then achieved that expanded awareness of the truth of who you are. Resting, then, in this truth, it is now safe for you to do your work in consciousness.

Your first work in consciousness is to come into open communication with yourself. You have put judgment away. That is not part of your personality anymore. You have put doubt away. You are dwelling as a citizen of eternity. Your possibilities have become infinite. The world has dropped away in terms of consensus reality, and you are living at this moment, doing this work in time/space and in the company of all who have gone before you, living a life in faith, dwelling in the sacred temple of the open heart. Here you are never alone. The Creator Itself holds you in an embrace that is nearer to you than your breathing, closer to you than your body. If you need to—and it is sometimes necessary to realize that this is all you need and all you can bear—crawl into the lap of that great entity that is the Creator, however you may see this entity—Mother, Father, Great Principle. Crawl into this loving lap and rest. Do no more than that if this is what you need. Let angels surround you. Let the Love that is completely unconditional, that created you and sustains you, now rock you and sing to you and sleep the sleep of one who is loved as a child is loved by its mother.

If, on the other hand, you dwell in that temple and are ready for more, then by all means move into those energies you wish to explore. If you feel that you have explored the blue-ray energy of open communication thoroughly, and you are ready to move into work in consciousness, then you may work at visualization, meditation, contemplation, or any other roads that you seem called at that one moment of work to begin to walk along. There are many paths. They do all lead to the Creator. You cannot take an incorrect path in thought, or in meditation, or in practice. And you need to move by feelings, by that resonance that tells you when you are on the right track. The blockages that you have spoken of are those within your energy body that would narrow the inrush area of the incoming energy of the one infinite Creator.

Q’uo said that the reason they encouraged this work is that where we want to go in our heart chakra requires that these three chakras be balanced enough that the infinite supply of unconditional love and energy for life coming into our energy system from the red-ray chakra can move upwards without significant blockage because if we cannot clear the lower chakras enough so that we are getting a good supply of the infinite Love and Light of the one Creator into our heart chakra, then this is where we need to stop and rest in the sacred space of our open heart and to know ourself before we can do work in consciousness without confusing ourself more than we clarify things for ourself, and Q’uo said there are what Carla calls “lions at the gate” guarding our entry into our heart, so we should listen to those lions and find patience to do the work that it takes for us to enter into our heart in a way that the lions not only allow us to pass, but they give us the feeling that they are guarding our back. Then Q’uo suggested that we take a few moments to rest in the consciousness of ourself in its larger sense, for when we pass the first three chakras and move into our heart, we have moved from our outer personality into our inner truth, and from judgment into forgiveness, for we have become larger, and the “I” that is our first-person singular is significantly changed in the sanctity of our open heart so that when we feel that we are beginning to vibrate with unconditional love, we have achieved  expanded awareness of the truth of who we are, so we can rest in this truth,  and it is now safe for us to do our work in consciousness. Q’uo went on to say that our first work in consciousness is to come into open communication with ourself because we have put judgment and doubt away since we are a citizen of eternity, and our possibilities have become infinite, and we are doing this work in time/space, of living a life in faith, dwelling in the sacred temple of our open heart, and here the Creator Itself holds us in an embrace that is nearer to us than our breathing, closer to us than our body, and we if need to we can crawl into the lap of the Creator and rest, and let angels surround us, and let the Love that is unconditional, that created us and sustains us, rock and sing to us to the sleep of one who is loved as a child is loved by its mother. Q’uo continued by saying that if we dwell in that temple and are ready for more, then we can move into those energies we wish to explore so that if we feel that we have explored the blue-ray energy of open communication thoroughly, and we are ready to move into work in consciousness, then we may work at meditation or any other roads that we feel called at moment of work to begin to walk along as all paths lead to the Creator, and we cannot take an incorrect path in meditation or in practice so that we need to move by that resonance that tells us when we are on the right path because the blockages that Q’uo has spoken of are those within our energy body that would reduce the area of the incoming energy of the one infinite Creator. On August 30, 1981, Hatonn said that all paths lead to the one Creator:

Each has that which might be of aid to those who travel that path. In short, may we say, it is your choice to pursue your path and there is nothing but the one path that you pursue, and we would suggest, if we might, that within the depths of your being you are quite aware of the path that you pursue, and in meditation you shall discover the path upon which you wish to tread. Do not be concerned if from time to time the path appears to change. We would suggest that the path is long, and the path is one, and your journey on that path can yield nothing but success, for all paths lead to the one infinite Creator.

Nowpicture with us, if you will, the image of this metaphysical body that is interpenetrating your physical body. There are two sources of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator. One is universal. It moves from the base chakra upwards. The other source is much more focused and pointed. It is the result of the work in consciousness that you have previously done and that exact point at which you are now entering, doing this work at this moment. And this is experienced as coming down through the crown chakra into the violet ray. It moves from the violet ray according to the ways of your energy body. It will not harm you, and if it cannot move further than the violet ray, it will remain there, and it will not pull the energy upward.

However, when you have achieved an entrance into the open heart and are seated, shall we say, that is, physically speaking, in the green ray, in that temple of the heart, then your hands are empty, and you are seeking. Then that universal energy may be pulled upward to where the intelligent direction of your guidance system would cause it to go and your guidance system’s energy, coming down from above, will meet your universal energy at that point. This is work that cannot be thought out or done on purpose. Rather it is a matter of trusting your process and offering your prayer with empty hands, not saying “Lord, I need this; Lord, I need that,” but saying, “I come to you seeking the truth of myself. Show me that which you have to offer me this day. Help me to be a part of the creative or Godhead system. Give me my daily bread. Give me that which I may work with and learn from just for today.” And then allow silence and faith to rest with you as you sit in the temple of your own heart. Many things may come to you as you sit and rest. Again, take them in without judgment; without reservation. Repeat the process as often as you can, daily if possible, and over time you will begin to see why it is called a spiritual process.

My sister, you are asking for the hardest work imaginable within third density. It is work which the physical body literally cannot bear without help. That is why we so greatly encourage the clearing of the first three chakras before doing work in consciousness. You do not want to sublimate these basic red-yellow-orange issues in order to get at work in consciousness. No matter how boring or less than exciting it may seem to do the clearing work necessary before opening the heart, this is what protects your physical body and maintains it for you so that work in consciousness will not create a serious mismatch between third-density issues and fourth-density learning. You need, therefore, gently and patiently to bring that physical body into balance and bring the three chakras having to do with the physical body into more and more clarity. It is a matter of knowing who you are on so many levels. And you shall not come to a place where you will know everything there is to know about your physical body or your physical energy body. New information will come to you every day. New situations will change your tuning in red ray or yellow ray or orange ray every day. So, you cannot simply do the work and then move on. It is repetitive, daily work. You already have an absolute and overwhelming love for how it feels to be in the open heart. And a great deal of your service in this incarnation has been done from an open heart. Yet we ask you, my sister, “What have you left behind in your rush to open the heart, and what do you need to collect lovingly and patiently so that when you move into your heart you bring all of yourself?”

Letus look at the figure of the redemptive Jesus, for the one known as Jesus, as you have told this instrument previously, is very dear to you. Therefore, we will use this particular teacher and what this teacher has to say about the open heart in looking at your situation. The Creator requests of you that you take up your cross and follow the one known as Jesus. We are not speaking literally or dogmatically here, but we are using an image and a figure or a structure, if you will, which many people of faith have been able to use well. What is it to take up one’s cross but to honor your suffering, to know it and not to turn away from it or to avoid it but take it upon yourself. It is said, “For his yoke is easy and his burden is light.” What makes this yoke easy? What makes this burden light?

The one known as Jesus said, “When you see me you do not see me but you see the Father who sent me.” Can you see how that illuminates the challenge to take up your cross and follow? You are not following an entity known as Jesus. You are following the one the Father sent to do His will. You are following an entity that was described by the one known as Jesus over and over again in ways that would indicate that this entity wished, when you said the name “Jesus,” not to think of a personal consciousness but to think of unconditional Love. And this entity put itself on a cross to express what unconditional Love is. This entity expressed it literally as the giving without expectation of return. And in that unconditional giving lies the key to the entry into fourth density. So, the one known as Jesus as a teacher was saying to you, “Love is the way; love is the truth and love is the life.” Thusly we say to you, as you focus yourself into work in consciousness, “Know who you are.”

Q’uo asked us to see the image of this metaphysical body that is interpenetrating our physical body, because there are two sources of the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator, and one is universal and moves from the base chakra upwards, and the other source is more focused and is the result of work in consciousness that we have previously done at that point which we are now entering, so we experience this as coming down through our crown chakra into the violet ray, and it moves from the violet ray according to the ways of our energy body, but it will not harm us, and if it cannot move further than our violet ray, it will remain there, and it will not pull the energy upward. Then Q’uo said that when we have achieved entrance into our open heart and are seated in the temple of our heart, then our hands are empty, and we are seeking, and then that universal energy may be pulled upward to where the intelligent direction of our guidance system would cause it to go, and our guidance system’s energy coming down from above will meet our universal energy at that point, but this is work that cannot be done on purpose because it is a matter of trusting our process and offering our prayer with empty hands, not saying “Lord, I need this; Lord, I need that,” but saying: “I come to you seeking the truth of myself. Show me that which you have to offer me this day. Help me to be a part of the creative or Godhead system. Give me my daily bread. Give me that which I may work with and learn from just for today.” Then Q’uo said we should allow silence and faith to rest with us as we sit in the temple of own heart, and many things may come to us as we sit and rest, and we can take them in without judgment and then repeat the process as often as we can so that over time we will see why it is called a spiritual process. Q’uo went on to say that we are asking for the hardest work imaginable within third density, and it is work which our physical body cannot bear without help so that is why they encouraged our clearing of the first three chakras before doing work in consciousness because we do not want to redirect these basic red-yellow-orange issues in order to get at work in consciousness, and no matter how boring it may seem to do the clearing work necessary before opening our heart, this is what protects our physical body and maintains it for us so that work in consciousness will not create a mismatch between third-density issues and fourth-density learning. Now Q’uo said that we need to gently bring our physical body into balance and bring the three lower chakras into more clarity so that it is a matter of knowing who we are on many levels, and we shall not come to a place where we will know everything there is to know about our physical body or our physical energy body, but new information will come to us every day that will change our tuning in red ray, yellow ray, or orange ray, so we cannot do the work and then move on, and a great deal of our service in this incarnation has been done from our open heart, but Q’uo asked: “What have you left behind in your rush to open the heart, and what do you need to collect lovingly and patiently so that when you move into your heart you bring all of yourself?” Then Q’uo said that they wanted to look at the figure of Jesus and what this teacher has to say about the open heart in looking at our situation, so the Creator asks us to take up our cross and follow Jesus, but Q’uo was not speaking literally here, but they were using an image which many people of faith have been able to use well, so what is it to take up one’s cross but to honor our suffering and take it upon ourself, for it is said, “For his yoke is easy and his burden is light,” But what makes this yoke easy? And what makes this burden light? So Q’uo said that Jesus said, “When you see me you do not see me, but you see the Father who sent me.” And Q’uo asked if we could see how that illuminates the challenge to take up our cross because we are not following an entity known as Jesus, but we are following the one the Father sent to do His will, so we are following the unconditional Love that Jesus represented as He put Himself on a cross to express what unconditional Love is, and Jesus expressed it literally as the giving without expectation of return, and in that unconditional giving lies the key to the entry into fourth density, so Jesus was saying to us, “Love is the way; Love is the truth and Love is the life.” So Q’uo said as we focus ourself into work in consciousness, “Know who you are.” On August 3, 1997, Q’uo described the nature of unconditional Love:

The great quest for this “pearl of great price” is that quest which, for most, encompasses the entire life, for to open the heart in unconditional Love to those about one is a task difficult enough that it eludes and confuses most. For it is far, far too easy and tempting to take offense, to give offense, to be confused, and to move through the incarnation on unsteady metaphysical feet. However, when one has been privileged to taste that unconditional Love moving to and from one’s own heart, then the blessings of this experience tend to open for one the next step and the next and the next so that the opportunity to share this Love is ever present. This Love has a power unto itself that is like no other. It draws to one who expresses it those experiences and those entities which are in need of the service of unconditional Love. Worry not, my brother, about what you shall do, for it is set before you, and it shall be yours.

And in a way you are your pain. If you may see that you need to carry that cross into the sacred space of your own heart, you do not need to get rid of that pain. You need to honor that pain. And as you collect it into yourself, you are collecting all the darkness within you so that no shadow remains of which you would say, “That is not part of me.” You wish to collect all of yourself into the sacred space and then you wish to follow the ways of unconditional Love in that sacred space. And how do you follow love but to trust it and to know that it is the truth of you? It is your larger consciousness and if you cannot yet feel every iota of that unconditional Love then you should be patient and you should ask and you should await, in utter faith, the realization that is to come.

This instrument is instructing us that we must wind up our main question, and so we would simply once again touch upon your question concerning the balance between love and wisdom. And here, my sister, we would say to you that you have challenged yourself within this incarnation with this balance between love and wisdom. And why would you challenge yourself? It is not because you do not have enough of either, but because you may have an overbalance towards love. And in that regard we would ask you, when doing work in consciousness, to visit the blockages within those first three chakras, asking yourself the question, “Am I worthy?”

The open heart knows the answer to that question, but when you are doing work in consciousness you are the Creator, and so you have a great deal of capacity both to learn and to delude yourself. Therefore, examine the love you have for yourself and the redemption that you know that you possess. And wherever you find yourself unredeemed by your own self, wherever you find yourself judged by yourself, we ask you to move to the foot of the cross and look up into the eyes of the one known as Jesus. We remind you of the stress of this entity upon the cross as he hung between two thieves and murderers. We remind you that one thief asked the one known as Jesus, “Master, when you get to Paradise, will you think of me?” The one known as Jesus said, “This day you are with me in Paradise.” Your redemption is absolute. It is not time-bound. It is not local. It has nothing to do with how imperfect you are. It has to do with the fact that you too are part of the Creator.

Q’uo went on to say that in a way we are our pain, so if we may see that we need to carry that cross into the sacred space of our heart, we do not need to get rid of that pain, but we need to honor that pain, and as we collect it into ourself, we are collecting the darkness within us so that no shadow remains of which we would say, “That is not part of me.” because we wish to collect all of ourself into the sacred space, and then we wish to follow the ways of unconditional Love in that sacred space, and the way that we follow Love is to trust it, and to know that it is our truth, and it is our larger consciousness, so if we cannot feel every iota of that unconditional Love, then we should be patient, and we should await in faith for the realization that is to come. Q’uo continued by saying that they wanted to speak upon the question concerning the balance between love and wisdom, and they said that we have challenged ourself within this incarnation with the balance between love and wisdom because we may have an overbalance towards love, so Q’uo asked us when we are doing work in consciousness, to visit the blockages within those first three chakras, to ask ourself the question, “Am I worthy?” Q’uo completed their response by saying that our open heart knows the answer to that question, but when we are doing work in consciousness we are the Creator, and so we have a great deal of capacity both to learn and to delude ourself so that we should examine the love we have for ourself and the redemption that we know that we possess, and wherever we find ourself judged by ourself, Q’uo asked that we to move to the foot of the cross and look up into the eyes of Jesus because Q’uo wanted to remind us of the stress of this entity upon the cross as He hung between two thieves and murderers, so they reminded us that one thief asked Jesus: “Master, when you get to Paradise, will you think of me?” The one known as Jesus said, “This day you are with me in Paradise.” So Q’uo said that our redemption is absolute, and it has nothing to do with how imperfect we are, but it has to do with the fact that we are also part of the Creator. On September 5, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the balance between love and wisdom:

Before incarnation, it was your judgment that the love, the wisdom, and the power or will within you may not be completely in balance, according to the highest and best vision that your infinite and eternal spirit would judge. And so, you sat down with your higher self, or, as this instrument sometimes calls it, your guidance system, before incarnation and planned carefully the shape and the general themes of an incarnation within this system of illusions that you call reality or life. Having only your faculty of faith at your side, you wished within this fiery furnace of life on Earth to take an incarnationally long look at this balance that you have within your self, largely the balance between love and wisdom.

For many entities coming into incarnation and already qualified for graduation to fourth density—which is your case, my sister—the balance between love and wisdom is, by your own judgment, that is, to be long on love and short on wisdom. It is, in fact, one of this instrument’s incarnational lessons. And so we speak to you both when we say that many of the changes in both of your lives have to do with reining in this tremendously large heart that you have and this enormous desire to serve and finding a slightly enhanced balance between love and wisdom in which you have granted to wisdom a larger portion of the value that you place upon your thoughts.

Wisdom does not seem to be as important as the open heart to you both and the absolute love that you both value so much. Yet love without wisdom creates a sense of martyrdom, and often an abbreviated end to an incarnation as an entity keeps giving beyond that which she can give, until she literally breaks her health and is therefore taken out of the incarnation by illness. Therefore, this instrument has worked long and hard on a very conscious level for some years at attempting to be more and more aware of the importance of asking for the gift of wisdom.

We thank you, my sister, for these beautiful questions and for the delight it has been for us to share our thoughts with you on them and would ask at this time if there are follow-up questions that you would like to ask? We are those of Q’uo.

S: No. There is a great deal here for me to ponder, digest and work upon and use. And until I do that, I won’t have any further questions. I need to think a great deal and work with it. And I thank you so, so very much for all that you are doing for us. This is a difficult time right now and I cannot express how much it means, the love and the care and the help that you give us.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my sister, we thank you too and would express our humility in the face of the beauty that you offer to us. We thank each of those within this circle for the beauty of their being and for their willingness to stop and yield moments of their precious time in order that they may come to the circle of seeking and seek that truth. We seek it with you, my sister, and we simply leave you and this circle in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We rejoice. We are at peace ,and we rest in all that there is. We are those known to you as the principle of the Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I removed the plywood and stones that I put over the Moss Garden next to Little Locust Creek yesterday to protect the moss from being washed away by the heavy rain that was predicted. We got about 5 inches of rain, so I am glad that the moss was able to survive the rain. Then I gathered another cart load of moss and transplanted it into the area in my Moss Garden that is close to Little Locust Creek.

This afternoon I went across the street to my neighbor’s yard and filled one of the bird feeders with bird seed and then scattered more bird seed on the ground for the squirrels and deer. Then I went inside and visited with my neighbor for about half an hour just to see how she is doing since her husband passed into larger life about a year ago.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 16

The First Item On The Agenda

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

Stand upon the rocky crag and gaze out over the broad land of this precious day. You have the long view now. Perhaps you have an agenda, a list, a plan for the day. But have you placed first the divine order of Love in action?

Love in action creates a system of natural laws. Any person with an agenda which does not recognize first the source of inspiration which makes all things beautiful is going to experience a day less blessed, less full of Love, and less inspired.

As you set your agenda, let your first item be to seek first the natural order of the divine Father, for this allows the inspiration, the breath of the soul, to make vital that inner self which knows so much more than the agenda-maker who sat upon the bare rock of a morning and only gazed at his agenda and not at the divine beauty of the larger view and the natural order.

Let peace flow through your veins as heavenly blood. Let inspiration be your heavenly bread. And let your day be blessed with inspiration and peace, as you know that you are doing the Father’s will for you today.

We leave you in that love and peace, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to the infinite love, light, and power of the one infinite Creator, and we ask that the one infinite Creator heal the heart of each soul in pain on Earth tonight, and may all souls on Earth our love, light, and healing energies. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from February 6, 2005:

The question today has to do with what it is to be a member of a group. We would like Q’uo to give us an indication of, is it something more physical, is it more metaphysical? Has it to do with commitment to ideals? Is it work effort offered, working for the general welfare of the group? What is it to be a member of a group? Especially a group in a spiritual community. And also, as a second part of that, what is the most loving way to deal with any member of a group which is seen to fall short of the group ideals?

(Carla channeling)

We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is a great privilege to be called to your group to talk about groups and, as always, we would ask for a favor from you and that is that each of you guards your discriminatory abilities well. Listen to those things that we share with you asking yourself if these thoughts are helpful to you or not. If they do not seem helpful to you or to resonate, then we ask you please to leave them aside without a second thought, for we would not interfere with your process or be a stumbling block. Do not respect authority, but question it. Always put everything to the test before you allow it strength or power within your own mind. For you know that which is yours. It will resonate and re-echo within you as if it were something that you just remembered, even though you might not have heard the thought before. When thoughts are not resonant it is much better to leave them behind. With that understood, it will allow us to speak freely and have no fear that we will be infringing upon your free will, and we thank you for this consideration.

You ask us what it is to be a part of a group, and since we are a part of several groups, let us begin there. We, speaking to you as the principle of Q’uo, are a group made up of three social memory complexes. We have, as complexes, chosen to serve in a unified way by sharing thoughts with those who are actively seeking, who are actively questioning, and who have the ability to listen to channels such as this one. We also speak directly within entities’ dreams and meditations, not with words but with a basic vibrational energy which is as a carrier wave for your own vibrational nexus so that it is as though we were strengthening your basic signal and making it easier for you to hear yourself and to be aware of the reality of yourself.

Thus, we have come together as social memory complexes to serve in this way; and we have come together as a principle to serve together in this way with regard to this one instrument who requests the highest and best contact that she may receive. It is our way of responding to that request to form a three-party principle so that together we may maximize the nuances available to this instrument from spiritual sources. To be a part of this particular group, then, has been a very conscious and deliberate choice on our part. It has been a choice of all three of us social memory complexes to come together to serve, and it has been a choice of these three complexes to serve together in this one instance.

Wehave the advantage of knowing where our center is. We have the advantage of having an awareness of our—we give this instrument a word she can not translate into English; it is not leadership, it suggests centrality but focuses beyond any physical entity or person and is wrapped up in the concept of the Creator Itself. But to us, that concept is very real, obvious, and natural within the illusion of the Earth plane. A Creator-centered group cannot function as though that Creator were obvious, clear, and full of meaning. Within your density, the systems of illusion are paramount. That which you call consensus reality is illusory. And to seek for a center, or a Creator that has meaning within that consensus reality is to seek that which is not existent at that level in that reality. Consequently, that which we find natural, comfortable, and obvious is not something we can explain to you and say, “Here is the rule for a group. Here is how you know you belong together in a group.”

Within your consensus reality, however, within third density as you know it, the question of groups is central. This is due to the fact that within third density the progress of each individual is impossible without group interaction to some extent. An entity left entirely to himself cannot thrive. This is the way of third density. It was designed to be a density in which entities would learn more and more about who they were by interacting with other entities who were doing the same thing. It was an environment designed to deceive as much as to reveal, to confuse as much as to explicate. It was designed this way in order to advance the energies of growth, which are also the energies of confusion. And therefore, within third density the individuals who are seeking to advance spiritually, mentally, emotionally, and physically have, more than anything else, their feelings and instincts to guide them. Those instincts naturally lead them into groups. The most obvious kind of group within third density is the family. In the family, the center is physical: the progenitor has sired children and those children have sired children and so forth. And there is a family tree from which one descends and of which one is a part. One cannot opt out of a family group. One’s mother and father and so forth remain who they are and, indeed, were specifically chosen by each of you before entry into the incarnation that you enjoy at this present time.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with what it is to be a member of a group. We would like Q’uo to give us an indication of, is it something more physical, is it more metaphysical? Has it to do with commitment to ideals? Is it work effort offered, working for the general welfare of the group? What is it to be a member of a group? Especially a group in a spiritual community. And also, as a second part of that, what is the most loving way to deal with any member of a group which is seen to fall short of the group ideals?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that we asked them what it is to be a part of a group, and since they are a part of several groups, they said they are speaking to us as the principle of Q’uo, a group made up of three social memory complexes, and they have chosen to serve in a unified way by sharing thoughts with those who are seeking and who have the ability to listen to channels such as this one, and they also speak within our dreams and meditations–not with words–but with a vibrational energy which is a carrier wave for our own vibrational nexus so that it is like they were strengthening their basic signal and making it easier for us to hear ourself and to be aware of the reality of ourself. Then Q’uo said that they have come together as three social memory complexes to serve in this way because Carla has requested the highest and best contact that she may receive, and it is their way of responding to that request to form a three-party principle so that they may maximize the nuances available to this instrument from spiritual sources, and to be a part of this group has been a deliberate choice of all three social memory complexes to come together to serve together in this one instance. Q’uo continued by saying that they have the advantage of knowing where their center is, and it suggests centrality but focuses beyond any entity and is wrapped up in the concept of the Creator Itself, and to them that concept is very natural within the illusion of the Earth plane, but a Creator-centered group cannot function as though that Creator were obvious and full of meaning because within our density the systems of illusion are paramount, and that which we call consensus reality is illusory, so to seek for a  Creator that has meaning within consensus reality is to seek that which is not existent at that level in that reality so that which Q’uo finds obvious is not something they can explain to us and say, “Here is the rule for a group. Here is how you know you belong together in a group.” Q’uo went on to say that within our consensus reality of third density the question of groups is central, and this is due to the fact that within third density our progress is impossible without group interaction because it was designed to be a density in which we would learn about who we are by interacting with other entities who were doing the same thing so that it was an environment designed to deceive as much as to reveal in order to advance the energies of growth, which are also the energies of confusion  because within third density we are seeking to advance spiritually, mentally, emotionally, and physically, and we have our feelings and instincts to guide us, and those instincts naturally lead us into groups where the most obvious kind of group is the family, and in our family the center is physical where the parents have sired children, and those children have sired children, and there is a family tree which we are a part of, but we cannot leave our family because our mother and father remain who they are and were chosen by each of us before entry into the incarnation that we enjoy at this time. In 21.10, Ra said that at some point we will choose our parents:

Questioner: When incarnation ceases to become automatic, I am assuming that the entity can decide when he needs to reincarnate for the benefit of his own learning. Does he also select his parents?

Ra: I am Ra. This is correct.

The energies of entities within third density are also instinctively and naturally that which we would call political. There is the desire to organize the structure and tenor of one’s existence for the perceived group and through time this has developed into the rise and fall of many different kinds of civilizations and cultures. Again, in such groups, the center is obvious. There is a perceived authority; that is, the leader of the state, the city, the nation, or whatever group is perceived to be the government, shall we say. Your people have created many different kinds of structures from which government depends. And at this time your experiences of political structures are for the most part happy in that, while there is often disagreement with the leaders of your structures within the Western civilizations or cultures, there is a perceived degree of freedom which is that which feels proper and appropriate. So that, while entities may feel disappointed or discomfited by specific leaders, there is that underlying trust in the processes that guard freedom and keep government from coming oppressive and a type of slavery.

Another obvious kind of group that you experience within your culture is the nuclear family; that is, the family made up of two who decide to marry. In this group, the center is obvious also and it is physical. There is a kind of family corporation which has been set up and it is a partnership. In all of these groups, there is no need to plumb the mysteries of the human spirit and more particularly, of your own spirit and your own nature.

When one attempts to begin a group which has as its focus the Creator, one begins to create a group which is based and founded in mystery. There is no obvious center, physically speaking, to such a group. Within this instrument’s experience, the religious aspect of spiritual seeking has been emphasized and she has appreciated the physical centrality of group worship along the lines of her distortion, which is the Christian worship. Within the church atmosphere or group, again, there is a physical center. There is a place where entities gather to worship. There is a perceived leader of the worship, that being the rector or priest, and there is liturgy into which entities may enter. The means of joining such a group are ritually set out, those being baptism and confirmation.

For the purposes of this particular entity’s seeking, however, belonging to a physical, religious group did not at all satisfy this entity’s desire to serve the Creator. And in conjunction with others of like mind, this entity long ago began to make agreements, first with the one known as Don, to form a partnership of seeking service and giving. Then, after many years of serving at this level, there was a further agreement made with a third entity, the one known as Jim, and this agreement reached between three entities was manifested into the physical by the three entities sitting down together and making a group agreement. The external shape of this agreement was a document in which entities simply held their lives in common, their goods, their talent, and their time, offering all to the Creator: all for one and one for all.

Then Q’uo said the energies of entities within third density are called political since there is the desire to organize the structure of our existence for the group, and through time this has developed into the rise and fall of different kinds of cultures, and in such groups the authority is obvious as the leader of the state, the city, the nation, or whatever group is perceived to be the government, and at this time our experiences of political structures are for the most part happy in that, while there is often disagreement with the leaders of our structures there is a perceived degree of freedom which is that which feels proper so that, while we may feel disappointed in specific leaders, there is that trust in the processes that guard freedom and keep government from coming oppressive. Q’uo went on to say that another kind of group that we experience within our culture is the family made up of two who decide to marry, and in this group the center is obvious, and there is a kind of family group which has been set up which is a partnership, and in all of these groups there is no need to plumb the mysteries of the human spirit or our own spirit and nature. Now Q’uo said that when we attempt to begin a group which has as its focus the Creator, we begin to create a group which is based in mystery, and there is no physical center to such a group, and within Carla’s experience the religious aspect of spiritual seeking has been emphasized, and she has appreciated the physical nature of group worship which is the Christian worship, and within the church group there is a physical center, and there is a place where entities gather to worship where there is a leader of the worship, that being the priest, and there is liturgy into which entities may enter, and the means of joining such a group are baptism and confirmation. Q’uo continued by saying that for the purposes of Carla’s seeking, belonging to a religious group did not satisfy her desire to serve the Creator, and with others of like mind she began to make agreements, first with Don to form a partnership of seeking service, and then there was a further agreement made with Jim, and this agreement reached between three entities was manifested into the physical by the three entities sitting down together and making a group agreement, and the shape of this agreement was a document in which they simply held their lives in common, their goods, their talent, and their time, offering all to the Creator: all for one and one for all. On November 19, 2000, Q’uo spoke of the nature of groups of like mind:

There are groupings or clans, if you will, of entities who move as a group through incarnational experience after incarnational experience. The relationships vary from one experience to another, oftentimes with some members of the grouping remaining in the inner planes of the planetary sphere offering their assistance in an unseen manner as guides and angelic presences, only to take incarnation once again in yet another experience so that as you move through this Earthly experience you may look about you to those who are your loved ones, those of your family, your friends, those of like mind and heart with whom you move in unison and see those who have been with you for many, many incarnations and experiences on not only this planetary sphere but others as well. For the third-density illusion which is now coming to an end on this planetary sphere is but a brief moment in that which you call time. And there is no time or limitation for the clans or groupings of consciousnesses that choose to move together for one reason or another in the seeking of the one Creator.

Whenthese three entities came together in this focus, the outward manifestations of grace which rained upon this group in abundance and plenty included channeled material which those within this group know as the Law of One information. And in general, throughout the years up until this threesome was expanded by many of those within this present circle, the peace, unity and harmony of this group and its focus were notable. As the time flew and the century turned, more abundance began to befall this group, more souls were called to this vicinity with that feeling that there was something here, some opportunity to serve, some possibility that was worth pursuing. And so, in idealistic hope, in the desire to serve, and in great positive harmony, entities began to come to create a spiritually-oriented family. Where before there had been a group of three and then two because of the loss through death of the one known as Don, there came to be six and seven and even eight within the household which had gathered in hopes to serve the infinite One.

Perhaps it may be seen, as you look at this developing pattern, that, at this point, this particular group that is L/L Research, or the family that has gathered around the ideas and ideals of L/L Research, has gone for quite some time without sitting down in counsel and agreeing upon a group focus, a group identity, and so forth. Now, what is it to be a group? May we say that it is what you wish it to be. Do you wish your group to have a physical focus? Do you crave that state of agreed-upon contractual support? Or rather, do you crave a sense of independence in your seeking, in your service, and in your learning? For there can be confederations of like-minded entities which do not have specific agreements within the physical plane.

Now let us look at what each of you brings to the circle of seeking in terms of group potential. Each of you has a certain energy, that with which you came into the world, that which is your unique and wonderful gift to give. There is no energy that is like yours. The way you relate to each of the others within this circle is unique. The colors of each of you blending, aurically, energetically, chakra by chakra, are marvelous and complex. You each bring your level of awareness, your gifts, your time, your energy, and your being. Most of all, you bring that essential beingness. You also bring unseen friends. Each of you has spiritual guidance and in some cases this guidance is extremely well developed. And it is as though your family history is with you, not in the sense of your physicality but in the sense of your stream of soul energy: where you have been, with whom you have worked in other lives, in other densities, on other projects. So, you bring to a group your own energy and the energy of your guidance system. You also bring with you that which you hope, that which you dream, that which you intend.

When speaking of group energy it is good to see in the members not simply that body which fills the chair or sits upon the floor, but to realize that entity as an energy, a power, and an extended structure that walks back through time and space, connecting as it goes with other levels on the inner planes and on the outer planes as well. There is a very rich embranchment of energies that each of you brings. And as you sit in a circle as you are now, you may see yourself as the circle of stones at Stonehenge or a circle of trees in a magic circle and especially may we use the simile of the trees because in the trees there are those branches and those branches reach out so that you are not simply the trunk of a tree here, you have unseen ramifications that blend within the unseen ramifications of others within your group.

Now Q’uo said when these three entities came together in this focus, the outward manifestations of grace which rained upon this group in abundance included channeled material known as the Law of One, and throughout the years this threesome was expanded by many of those within this circle, and the peace, unity, and harmony of this group grew as more souls were called to this vicinity with that feeling that there was some opportunity to serve that was worth pursuing so that seekers began to come to create a spiritually-oriented family, and where before there had been a group of three and then two because of the death of Don, there came to be eight within the household which had gathered in hopes to serve the infinite One. Now Q’uo said that it may be seen that this group, that has gathered around the ideals of L/L Research, has gone for some time without sitting down and agreeing upon a group identity, so Q’uo said that a group is what we wish it to be: “Do you wish your group to have a physical focus? Do you crave that state of agreed-upon contractual support? Or rather, do you crave a sense of independence in your seeking, in your service, and in your learning? For there can be confederations of like-minded entities which do not have specific agreements within the physical plane.” Then Q’uo wanted to look at what each of us brought to the circle of seeking in terms of group potential because each of us had a unique and wonderful gift to give, and the way we relate to each other within this circle is unique, and each of us brought our gifts, our energy, and most of all we brought our essential beingness, but we also brought spiritual guidance, and it is as though our family history is with us in the sense of our stream of soul energy: “where you have been, with whom you have worked in other lives, in other densities, on other projects.” So Q’uo said we bring to this group our own energy and the energy of our guidance system, and we also bring with us that which we hope, that which we dream, that which we intend. Q’uo continued by saying that when speaking of group energy it is good to realize that each of us has an energy and an extended structure that walks back through time and space, connecting with other levels on the inner planes and on the outer planes as well, and there is a rich collection of energies that each of us brings, and as we sit in this circle, we may see ourself as a circle of trees in a magic circle because in the trees their branches reach out so that we are not the trunk of a tree, but we have unseen gifts that blend within the unseen gifts of others within our group. On September 17, 2003, Q’uo spoke of the nature of group energy:

At the same time, there is within the group an abundance of certain energies which the one known as T has in lesser degree than perhaps others within the circle of community and is of service therefore to the community in being able to accept and appreciate those love offerings of energy in which inspiration and to some extent information is exchanged that creates a sense of appreciation and a sense of being at home, which in turn reflects back into the group in a way that increases the energy of all. This particular entity fits into the circle of growing group energy which the entity known as L/L Research has begun to build with this new grouping in a way that is most beneficial. So, these are obvious ways in which the energy exchange with those of the community is being helpful. There is always the possibility of developing those energy exchanges, of creating more linkage and, by collaboration, more focuses for the shared energy that is being raised into a dome of light by this group.

Whenyou choose to come together as the kind of outer group where there is a perceived center of authority, it is much easier to move forward in ways that everyone can understand than it is to do so when the group is as yours: stubbornly dedicated to a center that is unseen, hoping just as stubbornly to serve in ways that remain mysterious. This entity, for instance, has hopes of developing a sacred growth center in the country, a place where a community was designed to be set down to live. This entity, therefore, is attempting to sense into what it is to create a community. “What will be needed for that kind of community?” this instrument has asked many times. The sense that this instrument has had is that the main need is to keep the focus pure, to keep the love unconditional, and we could not argue with such simple intentions. But how difficult it is to keep all things loving and all things pure when one is dealing with entities within third density who are necessarily imperfect and unaware of many of the ramifications of the things that they do and say! This is where the question that the one known as V had becomes very important and that is, what is the best way within such a group to communicate? The luxury of full communication is not one that is offered to third-density entities. It is a luxury within third density for even two entities to be able to communicate fully. It is extremely rare for non-telepathic communication to be entirely successful. What needs to be remembered is that unseen energy of the open heart. When one is dealing from the open heart there is a feeling that accompanies the words and it is that feeling which must carry the gaps made by the imperfections of the beings involved and fill those gaps.

You also asked what is the appropriate way, when one entity in the group has failed to meet the criteria of the group, to deal lovingly with that entity. And, indeed, this is a question that is close enough to the surface of consciousness of this instrument that we find it impossible to move very close to discussion of this aspect of the question. For, indeed, as this entity was saying earlier, it has attempted to be impeccable in open-heartedness, in the loving quality of communication, and yet it realizes that it has failed to serve, in a pure and full way, the forces of love in this moment. For there have been hard feelings, disappointments and other emotions that tend to pull groups apart and to tear down the very work that the entity known as Carla was attempting to do.

When a question is this close to the consciousness of a channel, we feel it is inappropriate to attempt to move through that interference and so we will simply say that, to all of those within this circle of seeking and to any who attempt to serve the one infinite Creator, it is well to realize that each is dealing with imperfectly realized human beings who have, nevertheless, legitimate hopes, dreams, and intentions. The group that comes out of such a circle of seeking needs to be that group which is the real, the essential heart of each of those within the group. When you have no dogma upon which to lean, when you have no perceived authority figure upon which to depend, when it is a true circle of seeking, and when the center of that circle is that unseen yet deeply felt truth of the Creator, when it is the One that calls all towards it, then each must become a priest, each must become an authority, each must choose for itself how and in what way it wishes to create a group. You have the opportunity to accept that which the one known as Carla and the one known as Jim have created thus far and attempt to help that perceived, physical group which is Jim, Carla and L/L Research. Yet, both the one known as Carla and the one known as Jim have stepped back from the position of centrality and perceived authority to request that a group be created with its unique focus created within the entire group.

There is no right or wrong way to create a group. Either the group of L/L Research, as it was before each of you came, or the group that L/L Research might become if all entered into the creation of a further flowering of this group, would be not only an acceptable group but a wonderful group. There is no downside to creating a group, as far as we know. There is only your sense of how you would wish to enter into the creation of the group. Is the group as it is that which is comfortable? Then let it be so and let authority stem from the ones known as Jim and Carla and their perceived desires. If there is a further focus that can be gathered, and we feel that there is that which has potential to grow that is more than simply the hopes of the ones known as Jim and Carla, then that too would be a wonderful and a more complex pattern. We cannot encourage you one way or the other. Indeed, we can only marvel at the energy that has pulled you this far, that has lifted you off and tossed you into the pattern in which you are now scrambling for all you are worth, attempting to perceive the pattern within the chaos, that pattern which is forming.

We cannot say to you that Spirit has the answer for you. We cannot say to you that there is one right outcome. All the outcomes possible are equally right. It is in your hearts, in your hands, and in your speaking. We feel the tremendous love each of you has for yourself, for each other, for the one infinite Creator, and for your planet. We sense the depth and the richness of your intention to serve, and we gaze at the beauty of your being. And we know that you shall create light and life and new things. We are glad to be a tiny part of the energy that you have together. We encourage you always to look to the unseen center, to look to the mystery that has called you here, and that calls you forward now. What is your group? What shall you do? It is in your hands. It is in your hearts.

Q’uo said that when we choose to join an outer group where there is a person of authority, it is easier to move forward in ways that everyone can understand than it is to do when the group is as ours and is dedicated to a center that is unseen,  hoping to serve in ways that remain mysterious, and Carla hoped to create a sacred growth center in the country where a community can live together, so she is attempting to determine what it is to create a community, and the sense that she has is that the main need is to keep the focus pure, and the love unconditional, but how difficult it is to this when we are dealing with entities within third density who are imperfect and unaware of many of the results of the things that they do and say, and this is where the question is what is the best way within such a group to communicate? Q’uo said that the luxury of full communication is not one that is offered to third-density entities since it is a luxury within third density for even two of us to be able to communicate fully, and it is rare for non-telepathic communication to be entirely successful so that what needs to be remembered is that when we are dealing from our open heart there is a feeling that accompanies the words, and it is that feeling which must close the gaps made by our imperfections in communication. Then Q’uo said that we asked what is the appropriate way, when one of us has failed to meet the intentions of the group, to deal lovingly with that entity, and this is a question that is close enough to the surface of Carla’s consciousness that they found it impossible to move very close to discussion of the question because as she was saying earlier, she has attempted to be impeccable in open-heartedness in the loving quality of communication, and yet she realizes that she has failed to serve, in a pure and full way, for there have been hard feelings and other emotions that tend to pull groups apart and to tear down the work that Carla was attempting to do. Q’uo went on to say that when a question is this close to the consciousness of a channel, they feel it is inappropriate to attempt to move through that interference, and so they said that it is well to realize that we are dealing with imperfect human beings who have legitimate hopes and dreams, and the group that comes out of such a circle of seeking needs to be the essential heart of each of those within the group, and when we have no dogma or authority figure upon which to depend, and when it is a true circle of seeking the truth of the Creator, then each must become a priest and choose for itself how and in what way it wishes to create a group because we have the opportunity to accept that which Carla and  Jim have created thus far and attempt to help that physical group: “which is Jim, Carla and L/L Research. Yet, both the one known as Carla and the one known as Jim have stepped back from the position of centrality and perceived authority to request that a group be created with its unique focus created within the entire group.” Q’uo continued by saying that there is no right or wrong way to create a group, and there is no downside to creating a group because there is only our sense of how we would wish to enter into the creation of the group, so if this group as it is that which is comfortable, then let authority rest with Jim and Carla, or if there is a further focus that can be gathered, and we feel that there is that which has potential to grow that is more than the hopes of Jim and Carla, then that would be a wonderful and a more complex pattern, but Q’uo could not encourage us one way or the other, and they could only marvel at the energy that has pulled us this far and tossed us into the pattern in which we are now scrambling for all we are worth, attempting to perceive the pattern which is forming. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that they could not say to us that Spirit has the answer for us, or that there is one right outcome because it is in our hearts and hands and the tremendous love each of us has for each other, for the one infinite Creator, and for our planet in which Q’uo could sense the depth of our intention to serve, and they knew that we shall create light and life, and they were glad to be a tiny part of the energy that we have together, so they encouraged us to look to the mystery that has called us here, and that calls us forward now, and the nature of our group and what we shall do together is in our hands and in our hearts. On May 13, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the nature of the mystery that is within each of us:

The discipline of which you speak, for whatever purpose used, is a discipline over that focus of energy which you call love, much as a hose with the nozzle focuses water that it moves in a specific and particular fashion, able to do work of a physical nature. The discipline that you exercise when you focus your desire and the energy of love that is yours may be used for whatever purpose, be that purpose to master the personality, to seek more knowledge of the mystery of creation, or simply to seek union with the One, that whatever may flow from that union may flow through you, as you are a hollowed vessel that has given itself in service to the One, that each of its portions with which you come in contact might be blessed and benefited. Thus, discipline is a tool as any other that may be used for whatever purpose is chosen.

At this time we would open the meeting to further queries. Is there another question at this time?

G: Q’uo, who or what are the “lions at the gate of green ray”?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The figure of the lions at the gate of the temple is an ancient means of expressing a truth concerning spiritual gifts. The New York Public Library, that this instrument has seen, has just such lions sitting couchant upon the two sides of the steps leading up to its main entrance.

The mythical concept of lions at the gate goes back for many thousands…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…of years in your cultures and has to do with that sense of safety that entities wish to feel when they go to bed at night and blow out their candle and lie in the darkness waiting for sleep. There is that desire to know that you are protected. The reality of your inner energy system is that you are indeed protected at each level so that unwise use of energy cannot actually destroy the energy body.

When one is attempting to move into the heart, one is attempting to enter a sacred space. Even more than the gates of a city or the gates of a library which are supposed to protect knowledge and wisdom, the gates of the heart protect you, your essential self. If you barge into that sacred space drinking, and wenching, and swearing, and making a great deal of rude noise, you have entered a sacred space inappropriately and the heart chakra does not wish to be entered inappropriately. Consequently, if you attempt to move into your heart chakra, to come through that door into that sacred space, when you are not appropriately tuned, you shall, in one way or another, be kicked out by the lions at the gate. That is the meaning of that figure.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: Not right now Q’uo, thank you.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Perhaps as you work with this figure there will come a series of queries that we may follow with you.

Is there another question at this time?

V: Q’uo, you talk about the guardian at the gate as a metaphor also for the guardian between levels so that we are protected and cannot advance too swiftly. There is a theme in mythology of the guardian on the bridge, and I would think that would also be a metaphor for the same protection, but is there something further there—not just the protection between levels of spiritual advancement but is there something else there that causes that figure of the guardian on the bridge to show up in so many different cultures in mythology?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. It is an interesting query for, as the one known as V so often does, she picks up the nuances that cover hidden meaning. And yes, my sister, the reason that the figure comes up so often is that it is built into the fabric of spirituality, or metaphysics, or the time/space play of creation, so that only the honest and single-minded entity will be able to thread through that narrow place, that eye of the needle. Whether it is an emotion, or a learning, or a realization, or an astonishing epiphany, with each piece of yourself, as you are able to retrieve it, it is as though you are retrieving it through a very narrow space, over a very narrow bridge, through the eye of a needle or in another figure of that kind.

It is not that the forces of spirit are attempting to imprison or limit. It is rather that the way of time/space is that things are allowed to bloom when they have been fully felt. And the quality of that fullness has to do with being willing to surrender everything that is not that thing. There is a tremendous amount of releasing and letting go in the process of crossing that bridge, passing the lions, and so forth.

May we answer you further, my sister?

V: Yes. Can you can say whether in fact there is an entity that is the guardian on the bridge or if it is simply the conscious nature of reality?

We are those of Q’uo, and appreciate your query greatly, my sister. It is not that we refuse to say, it is that we are unable to encompass the actual nature of the reality of the metaphysical world. There are, in fact, many such guardians, and they are entities and essences. They are archetypal in nature. However, for each entity, for you, for the one known as Carla, for each within this circle, and each within the creation, the nature of the self helps to create those archetypes. That is a very difficult concept to wrap one’s mind around, that you are not only the seeker, but you have a very powerful part in creating the world into which you are seeking. The truth, so called, is beyond all efforts to seek it. And you yourself, as creator of your world, create, in part, the truth that you are attempting to seek.

The study of myth and archetype, therefore, is an interactive walk through the house of mirrors. For in many ways the archetypes are given and are as they are. In other ways, the entities that you meet are entities that you have helped to create. But they are indeed specific entities. However, as well, the fabric of time/space does have built into it the intelligence to recognize, respect and create openings for mature, ripened or fully formed awareness, consciousness or realization.

In each entity there is an ongoing process which is somewhat complex having to do with learning, initiation, the follow-up to initiation, the beginning of new learning, and the cycle beginning over. Further, there is not simply one initiatory cycle going on for most entities. Within this circle, certainly, this is so because they are not only learning from third density onward. They are learning from fourth density, fifth density, or sixth density backwards. Consequently, there are several initiatory cycles going on in most of your lives at this time. Not all of the critical portions of these cycles will hit at the same time. Occasionally, more than one cycle will hit, in a critical sense, at the same time, thus creating more than usual feelings of confusion and chaos. And certainly, this instrument has experienced this concatenation of more than one cycle moving at one time. Thus, the purpose of the lions at the gate is one which is in an infinite process of shifting in order to respond to where the gates are in that particular entity on that particular day on that particular level; and there may be more than one level, more than one gate, and more than one lion.

V asked: “Yes. Can you can say whether in fact there is an entity that is the guardian on the bridge or if it is simply the conscious nature of reality?” Q’uo began by saying that it is not that they refuse to say this, but it is that they are unable to encompass the nature of the reality of the metaphysical world because there are many guardians, and they are entities that are archetypal in nature, and each within the creation helps to create those archetypes which is a difficult concept to wrap one’s mind around, that  you are not only the seeker, but you have a powerful part in creating the world into which you are seeking, and the truth is beyond all efforts to seek it since you are the creator of your world and part of the truth that you are attempting to seek. Q’uo went on to say that the study of myth and archetype is an interactive walk through the house of mirrors because in many ways the archetypes are given as they are, and in other ways entities that you meet are entities that you have helped to create, so they are individual entities, but  the fabric of time/space has built into it the intelligence to recognize and create openings for fully formed consciousness. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that in each entity there is a process which is complex having to do with learning, initiation, the follow-up to initiation, the beginning of new learning, and the cycle beginning over, and there is not one initiatory cycle going on for most entities because within this circle this is so because they are not only learning from third density onward, but they are learning from fourth density, fifth density, or sixth density backwards so that there are several initiatory cycles going on in most of your lives at this time, and more than one cycle will hit at the same time which will create more feelings of confusion and chaos, and Carla has experienced this interconnection of more than one cycle moving at one time so that: “the purpose of the lions at the gate is one which is in an infinite process of shifting in order to respond to where the gates are in that particular entity on that particular day on that particular level; and there may be more than one level, more than one gate, and more than one lion.” On February 6, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the nature of lions at the gate:

The figure of the lions at the gate of the temple is an ancient means of expressing a truth concerning spiritual gifts. The New York Public Library, that this instrument has seen, has just such lions sitting couchant upon the two sides of the steps leading up to its main entrance. The mythical concept of lions at the gate goes back for many thousands…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…of years in your cultures and has to do with that sense of safety that entities wish to feel when they go to bed at night and blow out their candle and lie in the darkness waiting for sleep. There is that desire to know that you are protected. The reality of your inner energy system is that you are indeed protected at each level so that unwise use of energy cannot actually destroy the energy body.

When one is attempting to move into the heart, one is attempting to enter a sacred space. Even more than the gates of a city or the gates of a library which are supposed to protect knowledge and wisdom, the gates of the heart protect you, your essential self. If you barge into that sacred space drinking and wenching and swearing and making a great deal of rude noise, you have entered a sacred space inappropriately, and the heart chakra does not wish to be entered inappropriately. Consequently, if you attempt to move into your heart chakra, to come through that door into that sacred space, when you are not appropriately tuned, you shall, in one way or another, be kicked out by the lions at the gate. That is the meaning of that figure.

May we answer you further, my sister?

V: Is it then a true statement to say that the archetypes are, on one level, certainly independent and separate entities or outflowings of the universe, but how they manifest and when and under what circumstances is determined by the seeker.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. Within limits, my sister, this is a fair statement. May we answer you further?

V: Not on that topic, thank you. We do have a separate question from our friend, B. He asks, “If a wanderer kills another during his third-density incarnation but also spiritually awakens to be of service to others and strives to love all from the heart, will he still be able to make the harvest?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The energy of manslaughter is certainly an energy that carries with it that which this instrument knows to call karma. You may see such an action as placing one upon a wheel of sorts. The wheel carries with it the self, the other self, all of the feelings which were involved in creating this relationship between the two, and so forth. In the classic sense of karma and cause and effect, the action has as its consequence a loss of unity with other self and stopping that wheel of karma has to do with balancing the energies that were disturbed by this transaction.

In any action in which another’s free will is abridged there is the necessity to seek the forgiveness of the one whose free will was abridged. In a deeper sense, the transaction has also harmed the self and perhaps more than the other self, it is the self that has been harmed. Consequently, stopping the wheel of karma involves forgiving the self as well as asking the forgiveness of the other self.

It is not for us to promise paradise, for we do not hang upon a cross. We do not gaze upon other crosses and say, “This day, you shall be with me in Paradise.” We can tell the one known as B that the forces of unconditional love would indeed speak from the cross of suffering and redemption and say, “Yes, you shall be with me in Paradise.” And we can offer that hope and that truth to the one known as B. From the standpoint, however, of one who is upon the ground, gazing at that cross, there is the self and the life that is left to live and the realization that each and every day of that life there is a choice to live in self-forgiveness, in service, in faith, and in hope.

We would urge the one known as B to work on the depths of forgiving the self, for, indeed, it is, we would say, impossible to plumb the depths of human judgment. Release those forces of judgment and know that you have come into the present moment and in that present moment lives a new life, a new hope, and a new being that is you. In this present moment, choose and dedicate that moment to the service of the one infinite Creator, and we do not feel that there is a single force in this universe that could be denying to you the Love and the Light of the one infinite Creator.

Is there another query at this time?

T: Q’uo, I’ve had a challenge for many years avoiding distractions during meditation. And I feel that recently it is greater or maybe I’ve noticed it more. Do you have any advice that might help myself and others in this situation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would indeed suggest to the one known as T that he find the music within the noise. The excesses of twentieth century classical music notwithstanding, there have been many successful attempts to frame, in some way, the art behind the nature of modern noise. This instrument, when away at school, also found herself within a very noisy atmosphere, for this instrument’s school was on a truck route and there was a red light at the bottom of a hill upon which this instrument slept. So, during the night there would be the screeching of air brakes as large trucks on their route approached the red light at the bottom of this hill which was paved with brick. It created a sound not easily described but easily imagined and certainly loud. This instrument found that if she created a song in which she used the melody and the tones of these otherwise obnoxious sounds in the creating of the melody so that she was able to acknowledge it and even hum along with it, she was much more able to take it with a light heart and see it as part of the music of life.

We realize that it is more difficult to do this with the careless and thoughtless noise of those around one who do not have to come to a stop at a red light while making their living. It is much more difficult to forgive entities who are not busy about their business for making unnecessary noise. But if it may be seen, or heard, shall we say, as a part of the melody of life, then it may be easier to acknowledge it, take it in, and even to have fun with it.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T: Thank you Q’uo. I have mental thought and distractions during meditation where the mind wanders, and it wanders off into myself. Do you have any thoughts on how to manage that within meditation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Our feeling about distracting thoughts during meditation is that these are acceptable. Our way of dealing with them would simply be to watch them, to sit with them and be with them, not either to resist them or to enter into them but to be with them and watch them. Let them arise and let them fall away.

May we answer you further, my brother.

T: No, thank you and thank you for your presence during meditation.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, you lift our hearts! We thank you for being aware of us.

Is there a final query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I have a friend who’s experienced a repetition in circumstance that appears to have created in her life a very striking patterns, this time around with slightly different circumstances, a slightly different cast of characters but a pattern nonetheless. Do you have anything to share with her that might shed some light into the meaning of this particular pattern or what she might look at so that she can discern what the meaning, what the pattern might be telling her?

We are those of Q’uo, and are having difficulty making out a query.

G: I can try to rephrase, I’m sorry.

We would appreciate that, my brother. We are those of Q’uo.

G: She is interested in knowing the meaning behind this particular pattern, the why’s, what the message is, what it’s telling her. Would you have any information that might shed some light on to that meaning for her or give her some clues as to how she might go about discerning the meaning?

We are those of Q’uo, and we believe we are aware of your query, my brother. When there is a repetitive pattern, then it is well simply to write it down, to treat it as a research project, to list those things about the pattern that seem obvious, to journal about those things that do not seem obvious and simply to start attempting to come into possession of a feeling that you have full knowledge of everything about this pattern that you could possibly know on a conscious level. Then I think, my brother, that we may say that it is a matter of taking that pattern and gazing at it without mind; taking it into the silence; taking it into that place that does not have boundaries and does not have rules of logic. For often, when there is a repetitive pattern, that which is attempting to be said to the self by the self is not all of a piece but is rather part on one level and part on another and so forth, so that there needs to be some time and some silence to surround the thoughts of this so that a new pattern in which the jumbled pieces are reshuffled and found to form a new and more sensible pattern emerges.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, thank you very much, instrument, and thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank this group from our hearts for taking the time and the energy to come together as a circle of seeking. It is a beautiful thing for us to share and we just feel very privileged to have been called to you. Thank you for asking for our thoughts. It is a true blessing. We leave you, as we found you, in all that there is, in the love, in the light, in the unity, the power, and in the peace of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I transplanted another cart of moss from the pet cemetery into the Moss Garden.

This afternoon I went out to the fishpond and fed the fish some fish food for the first time this year because the weather is warm enough to help them become active and be glad to starting eating again.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 15

Realization And Confusion

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Woe to the pilgrim who sits down upon the way, having decided that the wisdom which has come to him shall be the basis from which he shall view the world. For realization cannot be attained. It can only be accepted.

Realization cannot be retained, but only experienced anew in each infinitely small moment.

Thus, it is the pilgrim who walks on with appreciation both for realizations and confusions; who walks the straight and narrow path placing one foot before another, not because of the surety of the point of view but because of the faith of one who laughs at unseen steps, knowing that the path is protected, as is all creation, by the very nature of the creation of Love, which is the ultimate reality.

We leave you in the peace of alpha and omega, the joy of Love, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 16, 2005:

This week, Q’uo, we would like to ask you if you could elaborate upon the pitfalls or distractions that the seeker of truth might run into when the seeking is new and if there is any other type of distraction or pitfall that occurs later on in the path of the seeker. Please give us a general run-down of what to be aware of as one is seeking what is loosely called the truth.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is a great privilege to be called to your group, and we are most happy to speak to you about the pitfalls and distractions of the spiritual path. But we would first, as always, like specifically to request of each of you that you retain the ability to discriminate very carefully as you listen to our thoughts, choosing only those thoughts that really seem good to you, with which you wish to work further and discarding the rest immediately. In this way we will feel much more confident that we will not interfere with your free will or disturb the sacredness of your own process.

In asking concerning the pitfalls and the distractions to which one who is attempting to follow a path of spirituality is prey, you ask a fairly broad question. The spiritual path in itself is an amazingly broad thoroughfare carrying, as it does, every being of third density as it attempts to walk between two worlds, the world of third-density consensus reality and the inner world that sometimes completely overtakes the outer world for its importance and clarity.

For the most part, entities who are not consciously walking a spiritual path stay comfortably within third density and enjoy the various images and illusions that pass before the eye, as the one known as G was saying earlier. It is a comfortable and a familiar thing to pass from image to image as one rises and goes through the day; following the employment, following the need for the body for meals, and refreshment, and for sleep. It is a less comfortable and sometimes frighteningly less familiar thing to follow a spiritual path. And each entity steps onto this path from a misty somewhere before the thought crossed the mind that there was an actual spiritual path. So, this broad spiritual path is home to all of you. Each foot in this room has kicked the dust of that path, and that dust has similarly been kicked by every human being on the planet at one time or another. So, there is a vast variety of attitudes from those who enter the path of Spirit. Consequently, there are various kinds of pitfalls.

Let us approach this question from the standpoint of a model to use to see if you indeed are on the spiritual path. The model of the self on the spiritual path is a model in which you are focusing upon the “I” that you are. There are many uses of the first-person singular. When you think of yourself, you don’t always think of yourself as the same self. When you are thinking of yourself as a spiritual entity on a path, who are you? Who is the “I” that speaks for you when you are on the spiritual path? How would that voice, that identity, that person be different from the “I” that speaks for you in less thoughtful roles?

Hopefully, as you begin to sense yourself as a spiritual entity, the “I” that speaks for you begins to come out of the mist of the surface “I,” the surface personality. The model that this instrument carries in her mind of the entity on the spiritual path is a model in which she is following in the steps of Jesus the Christ. She does not have a model of herself as worshipping but as following after the example of a teacher who seemed to know precisely who He was. He identified himself as an agent of the Creator. This instrument, then, has a model of the self on the spiritual path in which she has an objective referent to who she is because she is following an entity who was of a certain personality. This entity identified Himself strictly as the Son of the Father who was about His Father’s business. And it is notable that this entity, in all of his preaching, has never been quoted as asking for worship but only as asking for being followed.

So, we would ask entities who are looking at themselves upon the spiritual path quite simply, “Who are you?” Because this is the essential center of that which draws entities to the path of seeking. They become aware that all of the wisdom that has been acquired since their cradle experiences is not enough to satisfy the craving for identity and meaning. They realize that they are going to have to set off on a journey. It is not a journey in the physical world at all, but it is very definitely a journey, and it very definitely is upon a path that is common to all seekers.

The group question today was: “This week, Q’uo, we would like to ask you if you could elaborate upon the pitfalls or distractions that the seeker of truth might run into when the seeking is new and if there is any other type of distraction or pitfall that occurs later on in the path of the seeker. Please give us a general run-down of what to be aware of as one is seeking what is loosely called the truth.” Q’uo began their reply by saying that it is a broad question that we have asked about the distractions that we face in following our spiritual path because the spiritual path is a broad road since it carries every being of third density as we attempt to walk between the world of third-density consensus reality and the inner world that sometimes completely overtakes the outer world for its importance and clarity. Then Q’uo said that entities who are not consciously walking a spiritual path stay within third density and enjoy the illusions that pass before their eyes because it is a familiar thing to pass from image to image as we rise and go through our day following the employment, following the need for the body for meals, refreshment, and for sleep, but it is a less familiar thing to follow a spiritual path, and each of us steps onto this path from a misty time before the thought crossed our mind that there was a spiritual path, so this broad spiritual path is home to all of us, and each foot in this room has kicked the dust of that path, and that dust has similarly been kicked by every human being on the planet at one time or another, so there is a variety of attitudes from those who enter the path of Spirit, and there are various kinds of pitfalls. Now Q’uo said that they wanted to approach this question from the standpoint of a model to use to see if we are on our spiritual path, and the model of our being on the spiritual path is one where we are focusing upon the “I” that we are, so when we are thinking of ourself as a spiritual entity on a path: “Who is the “I” that speaks for you when you are on the spiritual path? How would that voice, that identity, that person be different from the “I” that speaks for you in less thoughtful roles?” Q’uo went on to say that as we begin to sense ourself as a spiritual entity, the “I” that speaks for us begins to come out of the mist of the surface personality, and the model that Carla carries in her mind of the entity on the spiritual path is a model in which she is following in the steps of Jesus the Christ so that she does not have a model of herself as worshipping but she is following an entity who was of a certain personality and this entity identified Himself strictly as the Son of the Father who was about his Father’s business, and it is notable that in all of His preaching, has never been quoted as asking for worship but only as asking for being followed. Q’uo continued by asking entities who are looking at themselves upon the spiritual path quite simply, “Who are you?” because this is the center of that which draws us to the path of seeking, and we become aware that all of the wisdom that has been acquired since our childhood is not enough to satisfy our craving for identity and meaning so that we realize that we are going to have to set off on a journey–not a journey in the physical world–but a journey upon a path that is common to all seekers. On February 10, 2024, Q’uo described the nature of our spiritual path:

We do agree with you that joy and laughter are true guideposts along the way, the way that can become difficult because that is the way learning occurs through processing catalysts that creates the pain of change. And yet, when one has created the change, one is a new being moving forward on the spiritual path. However, it is sometimes quite tedious, and repetitive, and difficult, as you have noted, to complete this, one time after another and another.

Thus, the sense of humor, the sense of proportion, of seeing the path as that which contains paradox, contains riddles, contains puzzles to make one smile, the synchronicities the coincidences that remind one that it is not only a spiritual path of purity, and purity of intention, but it is a path that one may laugh, relax, have a good time and be full of that which you have called joy, for the laughter and the joy are also fuel for the spiritual path. If one wishes to travel in a dedicated fashion, as you have mentioned, it is possible to move forward in that way. And yet, if one adds joy and laughter, it speeds the path, for it opens the heart even fuller so that more love can be given, or laughter can be had, or joy can be shared.

Please realize that on this path you are not gathering as much as allowing things to fall away. The deep and true tones of your identity and your right process come clearly, plangently, sometimes plaintively and sometimes triumphantly, but unmistakably, from time to time there will come a moment—this instrument loves to call them “crystalline moments”—that ping like a bell with a very clear indication of meaning and resonance, and in that moment, whatever the realization is, it is easy; it is effortless; and you realize that you have reaped the harvest that has been in process for a long time. You finally hear, and feel, and see the work that you have done but you never know when that moment will come. Such is the progress of one upon the spiritual path. Pitfalls, for the new entity to the path, can involve impatience and that reaching and grasping that are the indication of impatience. These are not difficulties that will end or sideline the spiritual seeking for an entity, but such impatience does get in the way of a creation that is set to respond to your needs but in a timely fashion. This means sometimes that one must wait. It is very difficult to wrap one’s mind around the necessity for simple waiting.

The one known as Jim was speaking earlier of his delight at finding the time during the off-season of his work to sit and soak in the silence, allowing the creation to speak as it would to him. This willingness to let oneself drift in the flow of the moment is a great resource for all seekers. The entity, Jim, spoke of sitting at sundown and allowing the light slowly, gradually, to fade away, listening to the sounds of the creatures of the day as they quieted down and listening to the creatures of the night begin to sing their night song and just allowing all of this creation to roll past his eyes and his ears and, walking into his abode at the end of that time, feeling curiously invigorated and refreshed. This model of patience is a great one to carry. Realize that when a spiritually-oriented question is asked within, the answer may come in the next fifteen seconds, but it also may come two weeks or two months later. Energies have been set in motion that now must be trusted. Moving from the question to the trusting and the waiting is a great skill to learn. When you sense impatience within yourself, gently remind yourself that in spiritual seeking there is no time.

Asthe seeker becomes more sophisticated, as learning builds upon learning, the pitfalls of the path can change. If you are one of those who feels that she has had some experience walking this path, realize that your pitfall may well be knowing too much or feeling that you understand. There is truly no end to the evolving self. As things fall away from you and you become more able to penetrate deeper within your consciousness, you will repeatedly find that you need to release concepts from their stricture. You need to be able to allow new insight to change your carefully built-up intelligence about yourself and the world around you. Do not hold on to your identity or your knowledge in the face of new information. Rather, place aside that which you feel that you know and enter fully into the investigation of that which resonates for you. Do not see it as something that challenges your information, but rather, see it as something that may well help you evolve and put into a whole new pattern the information that is still good for you. When experience mounts up, it is as though some entities were carrying around their entire history of experience and attempting to add everything new in on top of this large pile of acquired information from childhood and previous years. It is a good idea to keep that cup of selfhood tipped out and emptied so that it may receive new wine, new information.

There is a certain amount of pride that entities take sometimes in how many things that they have learned, how many books they have read, or philosophies that they have studied, or religious systems that they have penetrated and can speak about. This kind of pride is often a very deadening influence, and we would encourage entities, always, to relate as simply and as directly as possible to ideas, to patterns of thought, and above all to entities around one who may be attempting to enter into conversation concerning spiritual matters. In a world that rushes continuously on so many levels, we would encourage a truly relaxed and lighthearted attitude towards the very serious business of seeking.

Then Q’uo said that on this path we are not gathering as much as allowing things to fall away, and the deep tones of our identity come clearly and unmistakably, and from time to time there will come a  crystalline moment that pings like a bell with a clear indication of resonance, and in that moment our realization is effortless, and we realize that we have reaped the harvest that has been in process for a long time, and such is the progress we have made upon our spiritual path, but pitfalls can involve impatience, and that reaching and grasping that are the indication of impatience are not difficulties that will sideline our spiritual seeking, but such impatience does get in the way of a creation that is set to respond to our needs in a timely fashion, so this means that we must wait. Now Q’uo said that this willingness to let ourself drift in the flow of the moment is a great resource for all seekers, and Jim spoke of sitting at sundown and allowing the light to fade away: “listening to the sounds of the creatures of the day as they quieted down and listening to the creatures of the night begin to sing their night song and just allowing all of this creation to roll past his eyes and his ears and, walking into his abode at the end of that time, feeling curiously invigorated and refreshed.” Q’uo said this model of patience is a great one to carry and to realize that when a spiritually-oriented question is asked within, the answer may come in the next fifteen seconds, but it also may come two weeks or two months later because energies have been set in motion that now must be trusted, and moving from the question to the trusting and the waiting is a great skill to learn so that when we sense impatience within ourself, we should gently remind ourself that in spiritual seeking there is no time. Q’uo continued by saying that as we become more sophisticated the pitfalls of the path can change, and if we are one of those who feel that we have had some experience walking this path, we should realize that our pitfall may well be feeling that we understand because there is no end to our evolving self so that as things fall away from us, and we become able to penetrate deeper within our consciousness, we will find that we need to release concepts from their stricture, and we need to be able to allow new insights to change our thoughts about ourself and the world around us, so Q’uo said that we should not hold on to our knowledge in the face of new information, but place aside that which we feel that we know and enter into the investigation of that which resonates for us without seeing it as something that challenges our information, but see it as something that may help us evolve, and put that information into a new pattern that is good for us, and when experience increases it is as though we are carrying around our “entire history of experience and attempting to add everything new in on top of this large pile of acquired information from childhood and previous years. It is a good idea to keep that cup of selfhood tipped out and emptied so that it may receive new wine, new information. Q’uo went on to say that there is a certain amount of pride that we take in how many things that we have learned, and this kind of pride often has a deadening influence, so Q’uo encouraged us to relate as simply as possible to ideas, and above all to entities around us who may be attempting to enter into conversation with us concerning spiritual matters because in a world that rushes continuously on so many levels, they encouraged a relaxed and lighthearted attitude towards our serious business of seeking. On February 9, 2003, Q’uo described the nature of spiritual matters in our life:

Grasping the dominance within third-density of that distortion known as the Law of Confusion, or free will, it may become clearer why the third-density illusion is made in such a way that it shall always be impossible completely to satisfy the requirements of proof for spiritual truth. It is necessary within third density that all choices to believe in spiritual matters in a certain way be made completely in freedom, that freedom that only exists when there is no proof and it is a matter of faith.

The instinct shall always be within the human breast to reach out to that energy that it senses as being greater than it is. Many are the stories told about this mystery of the Creator, the Logos, the Grandfather, the Father/Mother God. There are many and many a name, and many a story, and in each name and in each story, some may find comfort. And in the words that those entities have said that were written down, or that were written down on behalf of these entities, some may find tremendous and substantial resources. Therefore, the spiritual panoply of riches lies open to the seeker. Yet what shall be that which increases faith? What shall be that for you this day?

Thisinstrument is typical of many upon the spiritual path in that she has a built-in yearning and hunger for devotion. She must be devoted; she must be serving; she has this sense of almost being driven to be as the one known as Jesus, the agent of the Creator. It is good to have that back-pressure; it is not a good thing to allow that pressure to make you hurry, or hasten, or become anxious. Allow that back-pressure to continue to motivate you, but if it motivates you beyond the point at which you are patient and have a sense of proportion and humor concerning your path, then you have entered into that particular pitfall of eagerness and hurriedness.

What that will do to you, if you allow it to drive you, is to do more and more, to try more disciplines, to add a meditation if you haven’t been doing a daily one, then add another one, and then make that one longer, and so forth. The end of such pressured seeking is that you burn out as a seeker and must sit by the side of that spiritual path for a while, mopping your brow and breathing. It sometimes takes years for a burnt-out seeker to recover his balance completely and to be able to get back into a real process that feels yeasty and good. Walking the path is not a difficult thing, it is more a matter of its being a journey for the one who is ready for a long trek. In most paths available in third density there is a beginning, a middle, and an end. There is the learning process, there is the point in the middle in which you are working very hard, and you are becoming better, and that culminates with a job well done, a degree of education earned, a promotion at work, and so forth. In the spiritual path, death is only the beginning.

There are no endings, there are many, many beginnings, and there is no end of the middle. You are always in the middle of the spiritual path. Perhaps the greatest gift is to know that you know nothing, and that you will indeed fall into many a pitfall and yet it will not take you off the path. You cannot get lost beyond finding and if you do need to rest, even there at the side of the road you have company. As to the distractions that are possible on the spiritual path, there is no end of distraction. But this is true only if you are of the mind to see things as either spiritual or worldly. If you make a demarcation between those two parts of Earthly existence, everything that is not specifically dedicated study will be seen as, in some way, a distraction.

However, we would suggest to you that all things that a spiritually-oriented entity does are spiritual. Going to the bathroom, doing the dishes, taking out the garbage, feeding the cat: these commonplace and everyday chores are necessary and cannot be construed to have any obvious spiritual characteristics. And yet this instrument, for example, finds ways to invest each of those activities with an awareness that is spiritual in its character. What part of your day do you honestly feel is a distraction and only that? What thing that you do can you say has no spiritual value? If you can identify some of those items that can be seen as distractions, perhaps you could sit down and contemplate whether there is a way you might invest these chores with the sacred character that comes from service, from love, and from an awareness of who the self is in the spiritual sense. In our opinion, there is no true distraction to an entity whose heart is set upon the Creator because each and every action available to an entity for choice has the potential for being seen in a spiritual light.

One aspect of the spiritual path that we would mention before we would open the meeting to questions would be the simple aspect of silence versus sound, emptiness versus content, for those upon the spiritual path within your culture are coming to that path from a culture very rich in content. It is interesting to note that, within all of this content, critics of the culture often comment on the emptiness of that content, the illusion that it creates and the illusory nature of the image-after-image-after-image that creates the content, whether the medium of such images in the television, the radio, the newspaper or the computer. A very great portion of the world has cultural influences that lead it more to the appreciation of silence, which seems to lack content, and yet which contains infinite meaning. In your content-rich culture, meaning itself is often lost. Consequently, if you are of the nature that appreciates content, we suggest that you choose your content, for truly, there are many pitfalls, if you would speak of it in that way, for those who are attempting to derive meaning from the surface aspects of your culture, as seen on the television or read in the newspaper. Do not fall into the pitfall of assigning too much meaning to those things that are on the surface. Allow meaning to be a mystery and silence to be your teacher.

Now Q’uo said that Carla is typical of many upon the spiritual path in that she has a hunger for devotion and a sense of being driven to be an agent of the Creator, and it is good to have that back-pressure, but it is not good to allow that pressure to cause us to become anxious, so we should allow that back-pressure to continue to motivate us, but if it motivates us beyond the point where we are patient and have a sense of humor concerning our path, then we have entered into that particular pitfall of hurriedness. Then Q’uo said what that will do to us if we allow it to drive us to try more disciplines like meditation, then add another one, and then make that one longer so that the end of such pressured seeking is that we burn out as a seeker and must sit by the side of our spiritual path for a while, and it can take years for us to recover our balance and to be able to get back into a process that feels right for us so that walking the path is not a difficult thing, but it is more a matter of its being a journey for us when we are ready for a long trek, and in most paths in third density there is a beginning, a middle, and an end, and it is there that our learning process ends with a job well done, and on the spiritual path death is only the beginning. Q’uo went on to say that there are no endings; there are many beginnings; and there is no end of the middles so that we are always in the middle of the spiritual path, and the greatest gift is to know that we know nothing, and that we will fall into difficulties, but they will not take us off the path because we cannot get lost beyond finding, and if we do need to rest, then we have company at the side of our path, and there is no end of distractions on our spiritual path, but this is true only if we are of the mind to see things as either spiritual or worldly, so if we can see a difference between these two parts of our Earthly existence, everything that is not seen as spiritual we will see as a distraction. Q’uo suggested that all things that a spiritually-oriented entity does are spiritual, and these everyday chores are necessary and cannot be seen to have any obvious spiritual characteristics, and Carla finds ways to invest each of those activities with an awareness that is spiritual in its character, so if we can identify some of those items that can be seen as distractions, perhaps we could contemplate whether there is a way we might invest these chores with the sacred character that comes from service, from love, and from an awareness of who we are in the spiritual sense because in Q’uo’s opinion, there is no true distraction for us if our heart is set upon the Creator because each and every action available to an entity for choice has the potential for being seen in a spiritual light. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that one aspect of the spiritual path would be the aspect of silence versus sound or emptiness versus content, for those upon the spiritual path within our culture are coming to that path from a culture rich in content, and it is interesting to note that critics of the culture often comment on the emptiness of that content and the illusory nature of the image-after-image that creates the content, whether the medium of such images is television, radio, newspaper, or the computer, and a great portion of the world has cultural influences that lead it to the appreciation of silence, which seems to lack content, and yet which contains infinite meaning, but in our content-rich culture meaning is often lost so that if we appreciate content, that we choose our content, for there are many pitfalls if we are attempting to find meaning on the surface aspects of our culture as seen on television, or read in the newspaper, so we should not make the mistake of assigning too much meaning to those things that are on the surface, and allow meaning to be a mystery and silence to be our teacher. On March 11, 1990, Q’uo spoke of the value of finding meaning in our lives:

Yet, in that faith there is begotten aid that is of meaning to each entity separately. See each of yourselves as hunters in this analogy, and you will see more clearly that while those eyes which saw clearer than yours detected you, while all was in harmony with you, there was a protection against that which you call evil which has flown from you in the face of planet-wide transformation. This transformation has already begun.

What is it to be alive? What is it to be conscious? What is it to attempt to find meaning of that instinctual hunt which each of you engage in? Are not each of you searching for the center that did not hold, that did not stay, that in and of itself, because of humankind’s uncleverness, removed the easiness with which faith and simplicity were achieved? Without the feeling of being protected, without the feeling of a living faith, vital and alive, one feels prey, not to the positive, but to the negative, for we may note that within the biases of your minds it is far easier to conceive of negativity as having power than of positivity as having power, for that is the way the illusion seems to work, and this cannot be gainsaid by the most idealistic of entities.

The nature of the illusion is to challenge your ideals to the very bedrock of your existence. The nature of this illusion is to attempt to deaden the living spirit within, to give that spirit a solid picture of the creation which is not as you would choose it to be, so that you discover the possibility of choice. And as the time grows further and further into that which has so often been called the New Age, the newer vibrations, though subtle, disturb those without a living and vital faith.

We thank you for this question and feel that we perhaps have spoken long enough upon it. At this time we would open the meeting to further questions, if there are any. Is there a further query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I have a lengthy one and I apologize for its length but, hopefully, its answer should be simple. And it’s easier to read straight from the paper.

[Reading]

Q’uo, as I move forward in my path, I am experiencing a phenomenon that can be described as the light growing lighter and the dark growing darker. I feel I am experiencing the extremes of what can conveniently be described as a spectrum of feeling. On one hand, I feel strength, vitality, and the spiritual perception increase in moments where, basically, all the spiritual literature that points to the truth not only makes sense to me but becomes alive, a living and flowing reality. And subsequently I feel more empowered through self-knowledge to call upon and invoke the higher forces to transform the lower self of me.

On the other hand, I feel ever more acutely the shadow side of myself: one with seemingly more venomous reactions to situations that create a souring and bittering within me. What I don’t know is whether a shadow is growing more strongly in me as I reach for the light because I am neglecting to be conscious of certain aspects of my patterns or whether it is a case of simply becoming more aware of a shadow that is already within me and has been with me, alive and functioning without my conscious awareness to transform its ways. Can you help me to understand whether it is awareness of what is already there or the further creation of distorted thinking within my mind?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The concept of the shadow self is very helpful in attempting to walk into your own shoes as a being. It is difficult to wrap oneself around this idea of a shadow self. Perhaps if we called it a full-circle self it might be easier to see the construction of the being here, because each of us, we and you, are beings that replicate all aspects of the creation and the Creator. By the time that you have reached third density you have done a tremendous amount of amalgamation of experience. You have been elemental, you have been plant, you have been animal; now you are an animal with a conscience, basically, and you strive to go further. And we have become even more refined by experience, yet we carry the full -circle self, just as do you.

What is there in creation? Whatever you see, that’s you. Any murderer on the block is you. Any thief on the dock is you. Any hero who has just saved the world is you. You are the soldier, you are the bread-winner, you are the mother bearing a child, you are everything. And you don’t get to choose whether you have good in you or bad in you, so-called. You have it all. The strictures and disciplines of the parent for the child attempt to train the child up so that he will behave well ,and you have learned to behave well. Loving good, seeking the light, you have more and more been able to place yourself in situations and in environments where you were able to live in the sunny side of self, enjoying service and learning and devotion. And these things about you and about all entities are true. However, equally true is that self that does not get encouragement from virtue.

You still have that; you will always have that. It is part of the strength of who you are that you have that. You would not be able to be a full person and to move forward without the full-circle self. Nothing is left behind as you evolve. It becomes arranged in a more and more helpful way as you learn to balance yourself, chakra by chakra, issue by issue, and moment by moment. You are always in flux, so these moments where you become aware of that so-called evil part of yourself come and go. And it is sometimes quite disconcerting to become aware of particularly articulate and eloquent, angry or irritated thoughts. You feel yourself thinking a hateful thought which isn’t fair at all and certainly would never be said aloud and you wonder where that came from and if the evil within you is somehow growing. We assure you it is not growing. It was always there. It chose this particular moment to reveal itself and this is a gift to you of self to self. Take it seriously, look at it carefully, and see, if you can, where the trigger lay that brought forward this particular part of yourself.

G’s question concerned: I am experiencing a phenomenon that can be described as the light growing lighter and the dark growing darker. I feel I am experiencing the extremes of what can conveniently be described as a spectrum of feeling, becoming more aware of a shadow that is already within me and has been with me, alive and functioning without my conscious awareness to transform its ways. Can you help me to understand whether it is awareness of what is already there or the further creation of distorted thinking within my mind? Q’uo began their reply by saying that the concept of the shadow self is very helpful in attempting to walk in our own shoes as a being, and it is difficult for us to understand the idea of a shadow self, but if Q’uo called it a full-circle self it might be easier to see the construction of our being because each of us is a being that replicates all aspects of the creation and the Creator, and by the time we have reached third density we have done a tremendous amount of collecting experience because we have been elemental, plant, and animal, and now we are an animal with a conscience, and we seek to go further, and Q’uo has become even more refined by experience, yet they carry the full-circle self just as we do. Q’uo went on to ask what is there in creation, and they said: “Whatever you see, that’s you. Any murderer on the block is you. Any thief on the dock is you. Any hero who has just saved the world is you. You are the soldier, you are the bread-winner, you are the mother bearing a child, you are everything.” They said that we don’t get to choose whether we have good in us or bad in us because we have it all, and the disciplines of the parent for the child attempt to train the child so that he will behave well, and we have learned to behave well in loving and seeking the light, and we have been able to place ourself in situations where we were able to live in the sunny side of ourself, enjoying service, and learning, and devotion, and these things about us and all entities are true, but equally true is that we do not get encouragement from virtue. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we still have that, and we will always have that because it is part of the strength of who we are, but we would not be able to be a full person and to move forward without the full-circle of ourself, but nothing is left behind as we evolve because it becomes arranged in a more helpful way as we learn to balance ourself, issue by issue, and moment by moment so that we are always in flux, and these moments where we become aware of that so-called evil part of ourself comes and goes, but Q’uo assured us it is not growing because it chose this moment to reveal itself, and this is a gift to us from ourself, so we should it seriously, and see if we can see where the trigger was that brought out this part of ourself. On March 10, 1996, Q’uo defined what our shadow self is:

Each entity walks upon two legs. When the spirit finds its legs, one is the light, one is the dark. Together they make one holograph which is identical to the infinite Creator. The shadow self is to be related to, then, as one of the two legs which cause the spirit to stand within the illusion in which each finds itself. One relates to the shadow self as to the musculature, the connective tissue, the power and the strength which enable the spiritual seeker to stand fast through times of difficulty and woe. The shadow that seems so heavy and dark is also that which grounds and sustains and makes secure. The will is part of the shadow self. This will animates, informs and vivifies those ideals, hopes and dreams which the light portion of being so loves to dream. The shadow side is that which persists until all has been accomplished.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: No, thank you, Q’uo. That was excellent.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a further query at this time?

S: I’ve had a question that I’ve been thinking about for some time. If I wanted to recover all the knowledge and wisdom of all the lifetimes that I had, how would I do that?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. You are asking this query within third-density incarnation, and our shortest answer would be to say that you would be able to recover that information…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…immediately following your crossing of the gateway of death. Once through that gateway, reunited with full consciousness and full communication with your higher self, you would have the unimpaired memory of all that you have been and, indeed, all that you would be in the future. Within third density, it is not considered a helpful thing to have that full range of information available. It is considered, as you know, much more helpful for a discreet curtain to be drawn over all previous experiences so that you may hit the particular incarnation in which you are involved running, and give it the serious consideration that it deserves, all on its own.

The ways of penetrating the veil of forgetting are limited within incarnation. There is the dreaming process and those who work with dreams are often able to recover memory of past lives as they gradually find themselves in dream landscapes which constitute a different environment that begins to have a reality of its own. The most common way that entities are able to recover past life information is the contacting of the deep mind by the conscious mind which is done in sessions of regressive hypnosis in which, with the help of a hypnotist, the self is taken back before birth to previous lives, and questions are asked which enable the person to recover some of those memories.

May we answer you further, my brother?

S: That gives me plenty to think about. I have nothing else at this time. Thanks.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

T: Q’uo, I don’t know whether you are able to respond to this question. The image that I’ve received upon waking this morning, is that a symbol of my need for purification and cleansing?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We find ourselves up against the full stop of free will in this matter, my brother, and are not able to offer information except to encourage you to follow the line of thought upon which you have been moving because we feel that you are in a place which has a great deal of material and we encourage you to explore it.

May we answer you further?

T: No, thank you, Q’uo. I understand.

Q’uo: We appreciate your understanding, my brother. Sometimes we are able to offer little real information and we apologize for that.

Is there a final query at this time?

G: Q’uo. I have another one. Just a few paragraphs long this time. I’m sorry, I just need context for my questions.

[Reading]

For years now I’ve been experiencing moments and time periods of a fuzziness of perception which slightly blurs the boundaries between dream and reality. As I’ve heard many others speak of this same experience, it feels as if the solidity of what was formerly a well-defined reality dissolves and all of a sudden everything in waking consciousness feels literally like a dream. There have been a few incidents of late in which I was seriously not sure if I actually said or did something in the “real world,” or whether that same memory was the property of a nightly dream. Is this type of fuzziness the result of the incoming fourth-density energies and the resultant change in consciousness that they bring? Or perhaps, as was cautioned against in the Law of One series, these are symptoms of an over-hasty polarization and the twilight state that accompanies such an impatient drive for progress?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We cannot give you one single answer, yes or no, because, as we gaze into your pattern, we would say that perhaps two-thirds of those experiences are an artifact of your personality type. You, in common with this instrument, have a certain absent-minded quality that can create this feeling without there being any resonance or meaning to the happenstance. It simply is a time when you are scattered. There are other times, my brother, when there has been a significant shift in your perceptive web because of the intensity of your devotion. In the first instance, two-thirds of the experience, that is, there is no meaning involved, it is simply an artifact of personality. In the remainder of the cases there is great material that is there, and it can usefully be mined. So, we would suggest that you look for the kind of peculiar resonance that does attend such a shift in consciousness due to devotion.

The third possibility, which you suggested, was that you were experiencing basically a mistake, that you had rushed too much and so forth. And we would ease your mind in that regard, for it is not in either case an artifact of rushing or of trying too hard. Rather, it is a matter of the way that your particular personality has shaped up and the way it handles experiences that it cannot quite encompass with rational thought.

G: Cool beans! Thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. You truly are a cool bean. This instrument is asking us why in the world we offered that bit of inanity, and we do apologize to the instrument and to everyone else.

[Laughter]

And on that note we will leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. It has been such a pleasure to be with you and to share your vibrations. Thank you for asking us. We are those of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I had an appointment at my dentist’s office where I had my teeth cleaned by a dental assistant.

This afternoon I transplanted another cart full of moss from my pet cemetery into my Moss Garden, and then I put some plywood along the newly planted moss along Little Locust Creek and then put large stones on top of the plywood because torrential rains are forecast for tonight and tomorrow, and I don’t want my newly transplanted moss to be washed away by the rain collecting in Little Locust Creek which is the low point in my back yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 14

The Power Of Choice

I am of the principle of the consciousness of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

Gaze at time. Gaze at the time that you have to spend within your next day. Gaze at the “talents,” the riches, of hours and minutes that you hold now at the beginning of the day in your cupped palm. Gaze at hours to fill and spend in any way which delights your soul, your mind, and your heart and know the power of choice.

Gaze now at those things not held in the hand, those things held by others’ hands and hearts, those things quite out of one’s control. In spending the minted money of God’s time, it is known by the buyer what is intended to be bought in terms of energy expended upon relationships and towards cooperation in work and planning, but it is not known how it shall be received.

Know that your spending plan of time shall not be judged in respect of those things which could not be controlled by the self. Rather, the spending of your precious time shall be adjudged according to the intentions for service.

Know, then, that the riches and consolation of time in the Holy Spirit of the living Christ may, together, move forward with each precious minute and hour so that one spends it in such a way as to magnify time and the wisdom and consolation of grace. May you see the plenitude of your power in Christ! And may you spend wisely, this day and every day.

We leave you in the grace which alone may contemplate true peace and selfless service, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from January 2, 2005:

The question today has to do with the catastrophe that occurred a week ago this morning in south Asia. Ra has mentioned that during the transition into the fourth density, the Earth would be releasing heat, the pent-up heat of the anger, war, and disharmony that has been so prevalent on this planet for most of its recorded history, human history. We’re wondering if this earthquake and tsunami in south Asia is simply a part of that releasing of the heat? Is it a significant event that might signal a certain portion of this releasing of heat is completed? Could Q’uo give us an idea of what the real causes of such a catastrophe might be and what we might expect from our future in relation to further such catastrophes?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is a great privilege to be called to your group once again, and we thank you, each one of you, for reserving this time to be part of a circle of seeking. It is our privilege to reserve this time also and to share our thoughts with you on the question of the tsunami and earthquakes which you have experienced.

As always, we would ask for a favor of you as we speak with you today. We would ask you to guard well your discrimination and listen carefully to those things that we say, being sure to discard any thoughts of ours that you do not particularly like. We do not share thoughts in order to challenge you or to be a stumbling block but only to offer what aid we can to your own good and worthy process. If you are able to exercise discrimination, then we shall be able to share our thoughts without being concerned that we might infringe upon your free will. This is an ongoing concern of ours, and we appreciate your consideration in this regard.

The query that you offer this day is most understandable in its focus of concern. Many among your people have recently entered the inner planes through the gateway of death because of the actions of the earthquakes and the tsunami that followed them. When such a large number of souls moves through the gateway of larger life, as this instrument calls the gateway of death, at one time it has a profound effect upon the energy of the entire global sphere. The planet itself is aware of the change upon its surface and the energy field of the Earth itself does indeed change somewhat when the energy fields of so many souls have transitioned at the same time. In its way, it is indeed a profound experience for those upon the planet. And, as several in your group have noted, it was hoped by many upon your plane of existence, and upon other more metaphysical planes of existence having to do with your planet that the tragedy, as it mounted force upon force, would take the attention of large groups of your social complexes and remold them from the patterns of hostility and aggression into patterns of compassion, kindness, and concern. It is a measure of the bewilderment and bemusement of a supposedly and so-called free people that the effect of the tragedy has not been more dislocating and more upsetting to the general patterns of thought amongst your societal complex.

Nevertheless, from the political or social point of view, or as this instrument would say, from the top down among your societal groupings there is almost the reaction of a marionette or a puppet to the etiolated and thinned-out discussion of an abstracted tragedy. There is the expected and almost knee-jerk type reaction of sending emissaries to be sure that the right kind of gesture is made. But the heart of the culture of your people has not been awakened, enlivened, or enabled with the zeal and the passion to help that might have been possible in a more fortunate world, a more fertile period, among your peoples.

Indeed, there seems to have been, from the top down, shall we say, that feeling of hopelessness or even helplessness that seemed to descend upon the entity you call America when it became clear that, for the second time in a row, the seemingly free election of your peoples was compromised. Consequently, we cannot say to you that the energy we are experiencing on a societal level from your people is particularly hopeful concerning the structure of the, shall we say, chakra system of your people. We would not speak for the entire globe. We are aware that we include in the number to whom we speak this day, one from the continent of Australia. We do not presume to express here our impression of the energy of the Australian continent. We are at this time expressing the energy of the North American continent and it is, from the standpoint of large political or social groupings, a lackluster energetic picture where the heart has not been able to open completely and embrace the tragedy or even to imagine fully of what the tragedy consists. It is as though your peoples have been stunned, repeatedly, by a blunt instrument which we could only call, in general, fear, until the responses of your peoples have become less sharp and less full of life than would be the hope of any member of such a society.

We have said to you repeatedly that there is a groundswell of unconditional love that is struggling to come through, not from the top down or from the societal level down, but from the grass-roots individual upwards. And it is this energy which we would encourage. You as individuals sitting as members of this circle have full sway and complete power over your own fundamental inner energies. Whatever the signals that each of you receives from the surrounding culture, it is still a matter of your own discrimination as to what you pick up and use and what you toss away and reject. And where you encounter that dimmed, blocked energy of the society, we encourage you to reject it. Where you are picking up from the society the narrowness of judgment and the pricklings of fear, we encourage you to reject that. Whatever signals you feel that you may be picking up from the society that speak to you of cynicism and of letting the suffering and the pain of others’ tragedies go, we encourage you to reject those energies completely and instead to say, “No, I do not choose to be a part of an uncaring society. I choose rather to lift myself away from the old and stale habits of a tired and weary people and to stand on new ground in a new world, a world that I, myself, envision, a world about which I, myself, can be compassionate and can come to honor and love.”

The group question for this session was: “We’re wondering if this earthquake and tsunami in south Asia is simply a part of that releasing of the heat? Is it a significant event that might signal a certain portion of this releasing of heat is completed? Could Q’uo give us an idea of what the real causes of such a catastrophe might be and what we might expect from our future in relation to further such catastrophes?”Q’uo began their reply by saying that the query that we asked today is understandable in its concern because many of our people have recently entered the inner planes through the gateway of death because of the actions of earthquakes and the tsunamis that followed them, and when a large number of souls moves through the gateway of larger life at one time it has a profound effect upon the energy of the entire planet because the planet is aware of the change upon its surface, and the energy field of the Earth changes when the energy fields of so many souls have transitioned at the same time, so it is a profound experience for those upon the planet, and it was hoped by many upon our plane of existence, and upon the metaphysical planes of existence having to do with our planet, that the tragedy would get the attention of large groups of our social complexes and remold them from patterns of hostility to patterns of compassion, and it is a measure of the bewilderment of a so-called free people that the effect of the tragedy has not been more upsetting to the general patterns of thought among our societal complex. Q’uo went on to say that from the social point of view from the top down among our social groups there is the reaction of a puppet to the shorter discussion of an abstract tragedy, so there is the knee-jerk reaction of sending emissaries to be sure that the right kind of gesture is made, but the heart of the our people has not been awakened with the passion to help that might have been possible in a more fortunate world. Q’uo continued by saying that there was a feeling of hopelessness that seemed to descend upon America when it became clear that, for the second time in a row, the seemingly free election of your peoples was compromised, so Q’uo could not say that the energy we are experiencing on a societal level from our people is hopeful concerning the structure of the chakra system of our people, and they would not speak for the entire globe because they were expressing the energy of the North American continent, and it is, from the view of political or social groupings, a lackluster energetic picture where the hearts have not been able to open and embrace the nature of the tragedy, and it is as though our people have been stunned by the blunt instrument of fear until the responses of our people have become less full of life than would be the hope of any member of such a society. Then Q’uo said that there is a groundswell of unconditional love that is struggling to come through from the grass-roots individual upwards, and it is this energy which we would encourage because we have complete power over our own basic inner energies, and whatever signals that we receive from the surrounding culture, it is still a matter of our own discrimination as to what we pick up and use and what we toss away, and when we encounter that blocked energy of our society Q’uo encouraged us to reject it, and whatever signals we feel that we may be picking up from the society that speak to us of cynicism and of letting the suffering others’ tragedies go, they encouraged us to reject those energies and to say: “No, I do not choose to be a part of an uncaring society. I choose rather to lift myself away from the old and stale habits of a tired and weary people and to stand on new ground in a new world, a world that I, myself, envision, a world about which I, myself, can be compassionate and can come to honor and love.” On January 4, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of a new world that we can create for ourselves:

For you have chosen to see reality instead of illusion, to dig deep instead of sliding across the surface of life. Those depths are comforting, and peaceful, and living in love is healing and joyful. Thusly, little by little, you may, by the way you live your life, create a new world for yourself in which all beings are the Christ and all actions are those taken in love. We do not suggest a grand program of changing the world in order to achieve a more loving Earth world. Rather we suggest that you confine your work to your own consciousness. That is your true arena of adventure and challenge.

You have asked, concerning this particular disaster, whether it presages a series of such disasters or whether it completes the energy expenditure that is necessary in order to heal the Earth to a certain extent. And in this instance we may say it is a little of both. There are energies that this particular disaster is completing. However, this instance is one of what we may expect to be many such disturbances around this so-called ring of fire, and in each other ring of instability where your planetary skin needs to shift. We have discussed before this basic concept of the Earth needing to correct its magnetic energies. And slowly, very slowly, through storm after storm upon your planet, through hurricane and earthquake and fire, these energies are being shifted and in such a way as to retain the majority of life patterns on Earth in an intact and healthy form. This pattern of disaster followed by subsequent disaster and so forth will continue until the adjustments that are necessary to complete the labor of Earth in its delivery of fourth-density Earth is done. These difficulties may be expected to be ongoing for several of your years. We cannot be more specific because, as this history of your peoples unfolds, it unfolds as it does because of how each of you lives.

It is difficult to explain how each of you is important here, but it is so that it matters how each one of you thinks, not simply how you act but how you think. Because it is thought by thought that the energies of the fourth-density Earth shall be able to take their rightful place. And it is your thoughts where fourth density either does or does not have a home. This instrument was saying to the one known as M last week that, even though the goals of L/L Research are humble, there must be something to them because of the tremendous resistance that each member of L/L Research was experiencing and indeed continues to experience at this time. And we feel that this is an accurate observation in that it is in very simple goals such as L/L Research’s stated goal of attempting to live by fourth-density values that things change, not just for those in this circle but for those upon your planetary sphere. We cannot erase tragedy or remove the dark colors of agony and suffering from the palette of experience that is available to humankind. We would not wish to. It is not that we wish for any to suffer but that it is as though life itself were a wound that must be healed by the living of that life. In the acting out and the completing of the patterns of an incarnation, there will almost certainly be fell and dire suffering for each entity somewhere between the cradle and the grave. For those who met their death in water with the tsunami, that suffering was brief and very harsh. For many others, the suffering simply continues: hungry people, homeless people, people who do not even have a city, people walking away from the destruction of their homes.

And yet, as each of you sits in a snug and warm living room listening to these words, how can you connect? How can you respond? Let the scales fall from your eyes, let the muffling fall from your ears, and you will hear the agony of Earth. You will see and feel the crushing blows of suffering. Let it overwhelm you for just a while. Let it take you up and drown you with the extremity so that you really know that death has walked your way and has made inroads in the family of humankind. Let the pain of that awareness recede just enough that you again remember that you are an individual, and that you are not completely swamped by the family from which you spring. Retain enough of that sensation of being drowned in a tragedy to give you keen awareness of the real tragedy of person, after person, after person being removed so suddenly from the Earth plane.

And be aware that the one place that you can be where you are with each of these souls is in what this instrument would call the “house of prayer.” You cannot physically fly to those lands that were so washed by this terrible tsunami, but you can be with each of those whose life was lost, cheering them on through the gate of death and into paradise. And you can be with those who remain and who are in need of help, sharing, in your prayerful thoughts, the energy of your consciousness as it mingles with theirs, for in the metaphysical realm, there is no distance, and all places are one. Perhaps more than any other response, we would hope that each of you might create, out of your knowledge that this kind of transitory difficulty will continue among your peoples on a global basis, a daily time of remembrance for those who are suffering. For the suffering of your planet continues day by day. It is not limited to dire, sudden tragedy. There is ample tragedy, day by day, to touch your heart, to awaken you to the needs of a suffering people and to engage your passion for being part of a loving energy that stands without fear, ready to reach hand and voice in the cause of love.

Then Q’uo said that we have asked whether this disaster predicts a series of disasters, or whether it completes the energy expenditures that are necessary to heal the Earth to a certain extent, and they said it is a little of both since there are energies that this disaster is completing, but this is one of many such disturbances around this ring of fire, and in each other ring of instability where our planetary skin needs to shift, there is the concept of Earth needing to correct her magnetic energies, and through hurricane, earthquake, and fire on our planet these energies are shifted in such a way as to retain the majority of life patterns on Earth in a healthy form so that this pattern of disaster followed by disaster will continue until the adjustments that are necessary to complete the labor of Earth in her delivery of fourth-density Earth is done, and these difficulties may be expected to continue for several of our years, but Q’uo could not be more specific because, as the history of our people unfolds, it unfolds as it does because of how each of us lives. Now Q’uo said that it is difficult to explain how each of us is important here, but it is not how we act but how we think because that is important because it is thought by thought that the energies of fourth-density Earth shall take their rightful place, and it is our thoughts where fourth density either does or does not have a home, and Carla said that even though the goals of L/L Research are humble, there must be something to them because of the resistance that each member of L/L Research continues to experience at this time, and Q’uo felt that this is an accurate observation in that it is in very simple goals such as L/L Research’s stated goal of attempting to live by fourth-density values that things change, not just for those in this circle but for those upon our planetary sphere, and Q’uo said they cannot erase suffering from the experience that is available to humankind, but it is not that they wish for any to suffer since it is as though life was a wound that must be healed by our living our life so that in the completing of the patterns of our incarnation, there will be suffering for each of us between the cradle and the grave, and for those who met their death in water with the tsunami, that suffering was brief and very harsh, but for many others, the suffering continues: “hungry people, homeless people, people who do not even have a city, people walking away from the destruction of their homes.” Q’uo went on to say that as each of us sits in a warm living room listening to these words we should let the scales fall from our eyes and the covering fall from our ears, so we can hear the agony of Earth, and we should let it overwhelm us briefly, and then let it take us up and drown us with suffering so that we know that death has made inroads in the family of humankind, and let the pain of that awareness recede enough that we remember that we are an individual, and that we are not swamped by our family, and then retain enough of that sensation of being drowned in a tragedy to give us a keen awareness of the real tragedy of person, after person being removed so suddenly from the Earth plane. Q’uo completed their thoughts by saying that we should be aware that one place that we can be where we are with each of these souls is in what Carla calls the “house of prayer” because we cannot fly to those lands that were devastated by this tsunami, but we can be with each of those whose life was lost, cheering them on through the gate of death and into paradise, and we can be with those who remain and who are in need of help, sharing in our prayerful thoughts the energy of our consciousness as it mixes with theirs, for in the metaphysical realm all places are one, so Q’uo hoped that each of us might create a daily time of remembrance for those who are suffering, for the suffering of our planet continues day by day, so there is great tragedy every day to touch our heart and to awaken us to the needs of a suffering people and to engage our passion for being part of a loving energy that stands without fear, ready to reach hand and voice in the cause of love. On May 29, 1994, Q’uo described the nature of our house of prayer:

Prayer is a form of communication whose object is one with its subject. The prayer, in reaching to the infinite Creator, reaches within. The self talking to the greater Self, this is the structure which seen from the outside may be said to constitute the house of prayer. The actuality is that that seemingly far away source of unity which Love itself is, lies within, so the journey of prayer is a journey from self to the greater Self within, then circling back to form the unending circle between prayer and prayer, that is between the one who prays and the object of prayer.

At this point we would ask if there are any queries to follow up the main question?

T1 Yes, I have a question. We were speaking earlier about how it seems that most of these tragedies occur in poor, third-world countries who are not as able to take care of themselves as a lot of western nations. Are these people here to try to teach us, to show us which way to go? Or are they just unfortunate?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It may perhaps seem that the majority of difficulties are laid upon those who are already without any substance in terms of resources with which to take care of themselves. And yet, we would not say that such entities chose incarnations where they could live a certain way to demonstrate any lessons. Rather, it is a matter of entities moving into incarnation, fulfilling patterns that are indeed part of the energies of groups of entities which have incarnated into the Earth plane from elsewhere. And it could be argued, to some extent, that some of these global groups have unique characteristics in their archetypal makeup that would encourage the living of an incarnation in a place where they would experience a shortened life because of a natural disaster. This is especially true of those entities from Deneb.

However, for the most part, it is an individual, person-by-person situation, where it is not so much a matter of good or bad fortune as of there being a pattern for incarnation laid out that includes such an experience. The antecedents or economic makeup of such entities is not nearly as important as, simply, their destiny. It is to be remembered in this regard that your own peoples received severe and repeated tragedies during your last hurricane season, especially in the state you know of as Florida, so that tragedy is certainly no respecter of economic status or any other individual detail.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T1: No, thank you, that’s fine.

Q’uo” We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time?

T2: Q’uo?

Q’uo: Yes.

T2: I have a query. I’m trying to find the inspiration, but I have the feeling sometimes that I have lost my way. I think I’m heading down the right path, but then I have periods where I doubt. Are you able to talk about that and help me to think it through?

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is extremely common and normal for any entity who is attempting to seek along the path of faith to have moments of complete doubt. It would not be a path of faith were faith easy. Faith is not an easy thing. It seems easy at certain seasons. On a sunny day, for instance, it seems quite delightful to enjoy the breeze and to feel the sun on one’s face. When the sun is clouded over and covered with rain and the rain is falling, it is not at all easy to retain a lightness of spirit and a joy within the heart. Indeed, when the sun disappears it could almost seem that it would never come out again with its saving light and its joyful rays. And yet, always, when the weather clears and the raindrops stop falling, the sun is still there and apparently always has been, shining up above the raindrops.

Andso it is with each entity: the inner sun is always glowing, shining, its rays true until tomorrow and true until forever. Yet the inner landscape clouds up, and the sun disappears, and suddenly the path of faith seems very cold and winding and beset with many thorns and thistles and no good places to stop and rest. And somehow, when the sun is gone, and there does not seem to be any rest it becomes very difficult to think and to feel that unity with all that there is that was so obvious just a little while ago when it was sunny and warm. And yet, to be on the path of faith is a matter of identity. Is it not who you are? Is it not the adventure that you have set for yourself? And would you ever want to be anywhere else but on the adventure that you have set out upon with such hope?

So, the key in times of inner rain and bad weather is memory. The key is to remember who you are and why you’re here. Part of a path of faith is to retain faith in yourself. The world will take the view of what you think you are and make fun of you, and the world will be right for the world. But you are not on the world’s path, you are on a path that you have chosen for yourself. And because you have determined that path for yourself, no one can tell you that you are wrong. Nor can they tell you…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…that you are unequal to the challenge of remaining on task. Sometimes, to be a person of faith is simply to stand firm and to remember that you are a person of faith. And to a person of faith, all is well. Right now, in the midst of seeming imperfection, all is well.

In the fullness of time, and it could be five minutes or half an hour, your inner weather will part, and your faith will naturally reestablish itself. But that will not be the triumph for you. The triumph for you is to stand on your faith at that moment when all seems rainy, and cold, and uncomfortable and decidedly not a matter of faith. That is the moment of your triumph, and it is simply to remember that, for a person of faith, simply saying the word “faith” is enough to bring you back to the center of that wonderful grace.

What is faith? It is not faith in anything, it is simply faith, a kind of knowing that all is well. The one known as St. Paul described it as the hope in things unseen. In that moment where you wonder where your faith is, reach inward and touch your own living heart because it beats. In the sense of the world it beats, moving blood through the body and giving life to that organism. In the energetic sense, it beats the beats of eternity and it says, “All is well. All is well, and all is love.”

T2’s question was: “I’m trying to find the inspiration, but I have the feeling sometimes that I have lost my way. I think I’m heading down the right path, but then I have periods where I doubt. Are you able to talk about that and help me to think it through?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that it is common for any entity who is attempting to seek along the path of faith to have moments of doubt because faith is not an easy thing, but it seems easy in certain seasons such as a sunny day when it seems delightful to enjoy the breeze and to feel the sun on our face, but when the sun is clouded and the rain is falling, it is not easy to retain a lightness of spirit and a joy within our heart, but when the weather clears and the raindrops stop falling, the sun is still there. Q’uo went on to say that so it is with each of us: our inner sun is always shining with its rays forever true, but when our inner landscape clouds up, and the sun disappears the path of faith seems cold, winding, and filled with thorns and no good place to stop and rest, and it becomes difficult to feel unity with all that there is that was so obvious just a while ago when it was sunny and warm, and for us to be on the path of faith is a matter of identity because it is who we are and the adventure that we have set for ourself, so we would never want to be anywhere else but on the adventure that we have set out upon with such hope. Q’uo continued by saying that the key in times of inner rain and bad weather is to remember who we are and why we are here because part of the path of faith is to retain faith in ourself, but the world will take the view of what we think we are and make fun of us, and the world will be right for the world, but we have chosen that path for ourself, and no one can tell us that we are wrong, nor can they tell us that we are unequal to the challenge of remaining on our path, so to be a person of faith is to remember that we are a person of faith, and in the midst of seeming imperfection, all is well. Then Q’uo said that in the fullness of time our inner weather will part, and our faith will reestablish itself, and the triumph for us is to stand on our faith at that moment when all seems rainy, uncomfortable, and not a matter of faith, but that is the moment of our triumph which is to remember that, for a person of faith, saying the word “faith” is enough to bring us back to the center of that wonderful grace. Q’uo completed their response by saying that faith is not faith in anything because it is knowing that all is well, and in that moment when we wonder where our faith is we can reach inward and touch our living heart because it beats, and in the sense of the world it beats by moving blood through our body and giving it life, but in the energetic sense, it beats the beats of eternity and it says, “All is well. All is well, and all is love.” On May 21, 1995, Q’uo described how all is well:

At this time many, many of those not incarnate in physical vehicles flock within the inner planes of your globe. To those who ask for help they flock by the millions to offer their candle power to heighten the inner light of those in need. Yours is third density. Ask for help and help will be given you. Reach out the hand, and it will be full of invisible but real love. You are loved, not because you have achieved but because you exist, a child of the infinite Creator. You are enfolded, snuggled, by invisible nurturing arms. Every cell of your body is perfect. Your truth is that all is perfect. There is no striving necessary, for all is well.

We are motes that dance in the sunlight, but we love you with our whole heart. Ask for help. Serve each other. And the light generated shall be beautiful indeed. As you suffer, as you experience loss and limitation, all is well. Turn often to the perfection, to the integrity, and to the healing health of praise and thanksgiving within the present moment, for all that you see and know and do is done upon holy ground. That is the floor beneath the scenery.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T2: No, thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: Is there a final query at this time?

[No further queries.]

As we seem to have exhausted the queries in this group for the night, we will take our leave of you, leaving you, as always, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends.

This morning I ran a couple of errands with my first stop being at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself. Then I stopped in at Walgreen’s and picked up a prescription and some non-food items.

This afternoon I transplanted another cart full of moss from my pet cemetery to the Moss Garden in the back yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 13

The Invocation Of Love

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

Each day you go forth to run the straight race, to move in rhythmic grace through the workaday world. Each day you begin with highest hopes and many days spin themselves out like rainbows, a blessing to yourself and others, seemingly effortless, peaceful and beautiful.

Yet, we would ask you this day to remember that phrase, “Lift up thine eyes unto the hills. Whence cometh thy help? Thy help is in the name of the Lord.”

Perhaps this particular day there may be part of that grace of everyday life that seems heavy and less than pleasant. Lift up your eyes. Remember whence help truly comes. It is in the lifting of the viewpoint, in the invocation of Love, unity, consolation and peace.

Let this be a comfort unto you when it is needed, for that consolation lies all about each seeker, to be touched into lightly in the happy times and to be sought without worry and with sureness of everlasting safety in difficult moments.

We leave you in peace and love, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from December 12, 2004:

The question today has to do with the topic of psychic greetings. Many people look at just about anything that happens to them which is of what they would call a negative nature as a psychic greeting or a way of negative entities interfering in their spiritual growth. We are wondering if Q’uo could give us some information about how to determine whether or not our experience is of a psychic greeting nature. Does it matter if it is, in our overall spiritual growth? And is there anything, a ritual, a procedure, that we could use to balance the psychic greeting?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. We thank each of you for finding the time to form a circle of seeking and to call us to share our thoughts with you. It is a great privilege that you offer to us, and we are most happy to respond with a full and grateful heart. But we would ask, as always, that each of you guard your thinking well and do not allow our thoughts to creep into your own mind and be used by you unless you honestly feel a resonance with them. If you do not feel a resonance with things that we might say, please leave them behind without a second thought. This will enable us to speak our thoughts freely without worrying about infringing upon your own free will and the sacredness of your own process of spiritual evolution.

The question that you ask this day concerning what psychic greeting is, is a query that is, in a way, quite difficult to answer because the parameters of psychic greetings are, as several in the group have noted, subjective and varied. The essence of a psychic greeting is the intentionality of the greeter. Thusly, not all experienced resistance or experienced catalyst is of a psychic greeting nature. For the term to be properly used, the greeting needs to be one that is coming from a presence, whether it is an individual or a group entity. Further, this greeting has as its focus an encroachment into the energetic body rather than the physical body, in terms of its origin. So, one way of looking at psychic greeting would be a somewhat narrow and carefully delineated way in which psychic greetings are only those greetings which have been sent by an entity, most usually of the inner planes, with the intention of disrupting the process of spiritual evolution and causing an entity to stop its forward progress and to become lost in the side roads of inner questioning and suffering.

Under this definition, you may see that psychic greeting is a term that is much overused and often misused among your peoples. However, if one pulls one’s focus back into looking at what your energetic bodies are and how they experience you and your thinking processes, the concept of psychic greeting may be perhaps redefined as psychic resistance and may be widened to include a wide variety of ways in which your energetic body can experience resistance, not necessarily only from entities but from the mechanism or, shall we say, the works or the machinery of the connection between space/time and time/space, as those two impinge upon the present moment and create the present moment itself, into which you come with your energetic body.

Let us look at your energetic body, for this bears some looking at in terms of working with this concept of psychic resistance. You have an energetic body that is composed, in the terms that this instrument is familiar with, of seven chakras in-body and one chakra directly above the body. And these chakras are in a coherent system. The system as a whole works only as well as the least balanced chakra, in general or large terms. In more specific applications, chakra by chakra and looking at relationships betwixt two or more chakras in a system, part of the chakra body may be working beautifully for you and may be well-balanced for you and yet, at the same time, because of over-activation or under-activation of other chakras, that particular balance may not be working for the overall best balance of the system as a whole.

It is especially interesting we find, looking, for instance, as we have been invited to do, at this particular instrument’s chakra system, that you do not find one chakra that is weak and the other ones strong; rather, you generally find correspondences betwixt two or even three chakras where there is an imbalance that is made up not simply of one chakra being a bit off-kilter but that chakra’s imbalance shadowing or pulling at the balance of one or two other chakras. And in this instrument, we find that there are some weaknesses in both the red and the orange rays of the instrument which echo or reflect into the indigo ray, and the way this works for this instrument is that there are areas of childhood pain, as this instrument was speaking of earlier, having to do with issues of survival and of the person’s relationship with herself which can trigger emotions and processes which directly impinge upon and pull into deep imbalance, at least momentarily, the areas of indigo which have to do with self-worth.

For each entity, there are system-wide balances at which it is very helpful to look daily, and then there are ongoing specific imbalances in specific chakras or combinations of chakras that benefit greatly from conscious contemplation and times of inner asking and challenging of the self, by the self. This is work best done by the self in solitude unless an entity has been able to create a metaphysical partnership with someone with whom there has been formed a bond of trust, so that in some cases it may be possible for two entities together to work on both chakra systems, each entity being a reflector and a mentor for the other, in finding creative ways to address the areas of suffering that have not been healed, that have come through the years within incarnation, carried as a treasure within the self, protected and cradled within the self as if these old areas of suffering were treasures too good to drop, too good to leave behind. It is worth asking the self how the self values these embedded crystals of pain and suffering.

The group question for this session was: “We are wondering if Q’uo could give us some information about how to determine whether or not our experience is of a psychic greeting nature. Does it matter if it is, in our overall spiritual growth? And is there anything, a ritual, a procedure, that we could use to balance the psychic greeting?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the question that we ask today concerning what psychic greeting is, is difficult to answer because the nature of psychic greetings is subjective, and the essence of a psychic greeting is the intention of the greeter, so not all experienced resistance is of a psychic greeting nature, for the term to be properly used the greeting needs to be one that is coming from an individual, and this greeting has as its focus an entering into our energetic body rather than our physical body, so one way of looking at psychic greeting would be a carefully delineated way in which psychic greetings are only those greetings which have been sent by an entity of the inner planes, with the intention of disrupting the process of our spiritual evolution and causing us to become lost on the side roads of inner questioning and suffering. Then Q’uo said that we may see that psychic greeting is a term that is often misused among our people, but if we pull our focus back into looking at what our energetic bodies are, and how they experience our thinking process, the concept of psychic greeting may be redefined as psychic resistance, and may be widened to include a variety of ways in which our energetic body can experience resistance–not necessarily only from entities but from the machinery of the connection between space/time and time/space–as those two impinge upon the present moment and create the present moment itself into which we come with our energetic body. Q’uo wanted to look at our energetic body as a way of working with the concept of psychic resistance since we have an energetic body that is composed of seven chakras in-body and one chakra directly above the body, and these chakras are in a coherent system which works only as well as the least balanced chakra, and in more specific applications, chakra by chakra and looking at relationships between two or more chakras in a system, part of our chakra body may be well-balanced for us and, because of over-activation or under-activation of other chakras, that balance may not be working for the overall best balance of our system as a whole. Q’uo went on to say that it is especially interesting to look at Carla’s chakra system where there is one chakra that is weak and the other ones strong, but there are correspondences between two or even three chakras where there is an imbalance that is made up not just one chakra being a bit out of balance but that chakra’s imbalance pulling at the balance of one or two other chakras, and with Carla, Q’uo found weaknesses in both the red and the orange rays that reflect into the indigo ray, and the way this works for her was that there are areas of childhood pain having to do with issues of survival and of the personal relationship with herself which can trigger emotions and directly pull into deep imbalance, at least momentarily, the areas of indigo which have to do with self-worth. Q’uo continued by saying that for each of us there are system-wide balances that we need to look at daily, and then there are imbalances in specific chakras, or combinations of chakras, that benefit greatly from our contemplation and times of inner questioning of ourself, and this is work best done in solitude unless we have been able to create a metaphysical partnership with someone that we have a bond of trust with, so that we can work together on both of our chakra systems to find creative ways to address our areas of suffering that have come through the years within our incarnation, carried as a treasure within ourself as if these old areas of suffering were treasures too good to leave behind, so it is worth asking ourself how we value these embedded crystals of pain and suffering. On May 1, 2005, Q’uo spoke of the purpose of our pain and suffering:

It is most true that a great incarnational lesson that is common to all those who take incarnation is simply forgiving oneself for the choices made in coming into incarnation. Before incarnation, everything looks pretty easy. Standing outside the incarnational confusion of what this instrument would call the world of maya or illusion, your memory is intact. You understand who you are. You understand the goals and the missions that you have set for yourself for this particular incarnation. You understand the use of pain and suffering and the necessity for it, the gift of it, indeed. For it is this very displacing pain that alerts one to some situation that needs to be worked out, some patterns that need to be resolved. You see it all very clearly and as a whole. Then you plunge into the womb and the parents’ arms, and everything clouds over, and nothing is simple. Until you enter through the gates of death into larger life and again regain your complete memory and are able to see your life as a whole, the incarnation itself is spent with at least a substantial portion of your time being given over to trying to figure out what the situation really is, what is really going on, what you are really seeing, what you are really hearing, what is really coming into your perceptive web.

There is a great challenge involved in coming to grips with these crystalline, embedded areas of pain. The question to the self is always, “Are you ready to lay down and abandon this crystal? Is this a burden that you feel completely safe in letting go?” It may seem like a backwards question and yet this instrument is well aware of her ability to cradle and protect those pet areas of pain. How important is it to this instrument to say, “I am familiar with this area of pain. I am familiar with this kind of suffering” There is a real difficulty in letting go of old pain. It has glueyness to it. It wants to adhere to you. Something that has repeated again and again, throughout an incarnation, takes on a life and an energy of its own. It ceases being a simple memory and instead becomes a living entity, a thought-form. Most so-called psychic greeting and also what we would call psychic resistance is generated within the individual’s energy body by the entity itself at a subconscious level. Because each of these areas of embedded pain has a life of its own and an attractive ability of its own, these areas then generate signals that move into that present moment as it is breaking forth from space/time and time/space, angling for a target of opportunity. There are many layers to the present moment. There are many ways in which embedded pain can find an echo, a reflection, or a voice within the present moment. And so, some of the voices speaking to the energetic body will be those of a negative tone of voice. And that negativity will be cunningly and specifically crafted to fit into the present moment and to cause the experience of distraction or resistance.

For those who are experiencing a true psychic greeting, the entity with whom one is dancing is an outer entity whose existence does not depend upon you. For the general majority of psychic resistance that is experienced, the entity generating the resistance is the self. Does it make a difference? To the best of our ability to answer this question, the answer is no, it does not make a difference. One can call a psychic greeting the fault of an entity and respond to that entity, or one can assume that, in the larger picture, all entities are the self, and therefore it does not matter from where the greeting is coming but only that it is experienced as an offering to which a response is required. In the former way of looking at it, there may be a few cases, especially cases in which the identity of the psychic greeter is known, in which case it is efficient and skillful to name the greeting and say to whom it is perceived that the responsibility is due and therefore come into a time/space meeting with this individual or this group entity and, standing before the Creator, it is possible then to move into conversation with that entity and to effect a resolution. This resolution is in the form of expressions of love and gratitude for the greeting and the greeter.

We note that this way of dealing with psychic greeting does not balance the greeting for the one who has originated the greeting. It however balances the greeting for you. For the most part, however, we feel that the most helpful way to look at a psychic resistance experience is to assume that stance before the Creator that we described before, where you have moved to the judgment seat, you have moved to the Creator’s space, to that place where you have witnessed in Spirit and where all of those who help you on unseen levels are acknowledged and thanked as witnesses. In this very metaphysical setting, you do precisely what you would do if indeed there was an entity involved: you open your heart and you invite in this area of resistance, however you are experiencing it. You acknowledge it, you look at it very carefully, not shirking or shying away from any detail but trying to plumb the depths of this greeting, of this resistance. How does it feel? What is happening to you? What energies of the chakra body does it seem to be concentrating on? What is the area that it is greeting? Where does the rubber meet the road? What is the nature of this experience? Do not rush through this part of the process because, as we said, there are many layers to experience.

There are many parts of yourself and there are many vantage points from which to look at the various parts of yourself. What does red-ray resistance look like from the green-ray energy? From the blue-ray energy? What does indigo-ray and its dimming look like from green ray, from blue ray? And we focus on green ray and blue ray because, in doing energetic work, the green ray is that great hall that is a totally sacred space. It is that house wherein you dwell, energetically. It is the doorway through which the Creator moves on an everyday, continuing basis, because it is the seat of unconditional Love. This is the energy that created you. You are green-ray entities in terms of your basic nature. The stem of the flower that you are is green ray.

Then Q’uo said that there is a challenge involved in coming to grips with this pain, and we need to decide if we are ready to let go of this crystalized pain just as Carla was familiar with those areas of pain within her that she tended to protect, but pain is difficult to let go of because it takes on a life of its own throughout our incarnation, and psychic greetings and all psychic resistance are generated within our energy body by us at the subconscious level, and each of these areas of pain has a life of its own and can generate signals that move into the present moment as they are breaking forth from space/time and time/space seeking for a target of opportunity, and because there are layers to the present moment there are ways in which embedded pain can find a voice within the present moment so that some of the voices speaking to our energetic body will be those of a negative voice, and that negativity will be cunningly crafted to fit into the present moment and to cause us the experience of distraction. Q’uo went on to say that for those of us who are experiencing a true psychic greeting, the entity with whom we are dealing is an outer entity whose existence does not depend upon us, for we create the majority of psychic resistance that we experience, but that doesn’t make any difference because in the larger picture all entities are ourself, and we experience the greeting as an offering to which we need to respond, and there may be a few cases in which the identity of the psychic greeter is known so that it is efficient for us to name the greeting and to come into a time/space meeting with this individual and, standing before the Creator, it is possible then for us to move into conversation with that entity and to effect a resolution which is in the form of our expression of love for the greeting and the greeter. Q’uo continued by saying that this way of dealing with psychic greeting does not balance the greeting for the one who has created the greeting, but it  balances the greeting for us, and Q’uo felt that the most helpful way to look at a psychic resistance experience is to assume that stance before the Creator that they described before where we moved to the Creator’s space, to that place where we have witnessed in Spirit, and where all of those who can help us on unseen levels are thanked as witnesses so that in this metaphysical setting we do what we would do if there were an entity involved: we open our heart, and we invite in this area of resistance, and we acknowledge it and attempt to understand its nature, and we ask ourself: “What energies of the chakra body does it seem to be concentrating on? What is the area that it is greeting? What is the nature of this experience? “Now Q’uo said that there are many parts of ourself, and there are many vantage points from which to look at the various parts of ourself where we ask: “What does red-ray resistance look like from the green-ray energy? From the blue-ray energy? What does indigo-ray and its dimming look like from green ray, from blue ray?” Q’uo said that we should focus on green ray and blue ray because, in doing energetic work, our green ray is a sacred space wherein we dwell energetically, and it is the doorway through which the Creator moves on a continuing basis because it is the seat of unconditional Love which is the energy that created us, and we are green-ray entities in terms of our basic nature. On May 5, 2002, Q’uo described the nature of energetic work:

We may say that it is well to be aware that there are many who are uncomfortable with unconditional love, as the one known as T has said. Do not be discouraged if it seems that your light is not accepted by those about you. That which is upon the surface is an illusion. The energetic work that you do is as it is, and it is not necessary for any to be aware that you are doing this work. It is not necessary for people around you to respond or seem to accept you as you would hope to be responded to and accepted. It is only necessary that you do the work, that you keep your body, your mind, and your spirit in enough balance that energy may flow through and not be stuck in this or that place, or overstimulated so that there is a distortion because of that hectic energy of overstimulation. Realize that the spiritual path is one which extends throughout the incarnation, moment by moment, and unexciting chore by unexciting chore.

So, moving into this sacred space is moving into a safety zone. It is moving into a place where you are loved and where you love. You have the courage and the stamina that may be lacking in the chakra system as a whole at the moment. Moving into green ray is moving into a solid and secure place, a “gated” community, shall we say. You do have to get through your own gate! There are lions at the door of green ray. So lay aside your pride, your arrogance, and your pretensions of all kinds. Metaphysically speaking, drop to your knees, empty yourself and lay down your burdens. We wish to draw attention to this point once again because, in terms of psychic resistance it is all-important: the bravest and the hardest thing you will ever do is lay down your cross. Put it down, drop it! We do not know how to express to you the power of this decision. It is easy to make that decision in your head and say, “Yes, once and for all I lay down this burden. I will no longer be pulled off balance by this particular memory that has become an entity of childhood pain.” But let an hour or a day go by, and that decision made with the head alone is shuffled off into metaphysical Gehenna and a reset button is pushed somewhere deep within and that area of childhood pain is alive and well once again and angling for your next present moment.

There is a way to know when you have finally accessed a point of childhood pain in the green ray, energetically speaking. Because when you have been able to access it, to see it in all of its detail, and to lay it down, you will find yourself laughing. You will find yourself full of laughter and seeing the incredible humor of this effort. We cannot tell you in great detail how to come to that moment, but we can tell you where to start: opening to your own pain, coming to know it—its heft, its shape, its density, its color, and most of all its texture within your life. We suggest working with these energies from the blue-ray standpoint as well because calling upon the energies of blue ray is calling upon clear and honest communication. How do you communicate with yourself? Do you feel that you do a good job of communicating? Is there an edge to your communication with yourself? There usually are many edges to the way entities communicate with themselves, many ways in which the point of view is not straight-ahead but has a slant, an angle, or an edge to it so that perhaps you are not seeing a good picture. The power of blue ray, when called upon and asked in deep humility to come into your experience, is that power to throw light on a situation in such a way that you can see where you have an edge, where you have an angle, so that you are, perhaps, cheating yourself of a full and clear view of what your situation is.

When you have laid down your burden and said, “Yes, I give this back to the infinite,” then there is that moment of embrace, of acceptance of the self as it was, as it is, and as you have every high hope that it will be. This is a heartbreak to do in terms of an entity feeling that he has made progress. It is very difficult to feel that one has indeed made progress when working with psychic resistance, because there is nothing that is “out there.” It is all going on within the inner processes of the self. So, there is no way to check against some objective standard and say, “Well, I have achieved Point 1 and Point 2; I am now on Point 3, and I am progressing through this process, and at the end of it I will have succeeded.” As most entities upon your surface experience, and as certainly those within this circle experience, the greeting is dealt with for the moment and then, at the next opportunity, it simply resurfaces, and the work is there to do all over again.

We would encourage each of you not to be discouraged at the apparently cyclical nature of psychic resistance. Try to understand about yourself the multi-level nature of your being. You can find those pockets of pain and empty them and not realize that there is yet a deeper level from which that pocket of pain is being filled so that one pocket full of pain is found and emptied but that hollow remains within the energetic web, functioning as a kind of attractant hole into which more content is poured from those dark places that have not yet been found deep within the self. Some places of pain there are within the energetic body which cannot even be found doing work consciously because they were never experienced consciously. These include areas of pain that were deliberately brought into the incarnation from previously unbalanced incarnations, and pain to which the unborn child was subjected prior to physical incarnation but not prior to metaphysical incarnation. Of such pain there is no actual memory because those processes of memory do not properly begin until the entity is breathing the air and has formally embarked upon the incarnation.

So it is as though there are springs of pain within you that come from so deep underground within your nature that you cannot root them out. And, for most entities, in one or two cases at least, these springs can be expected to function throughout the incarnation. It is to be noted that in these cases there is a purpose and a use for the work that must be done in response to these experiences of the pain springing forth from these deep fountains within. About suffering in general we may say that it is a part of the “refining fire” that this instrument is used to calling the incarnation. An incarnation for one who is attempting to learn does partake of the pain of that learning. Before incarnation this was understood by you and accepted. The reason for this careless and seemingly casual acceptance of future pain was that from before incarnation or from after incarnation, gazing into incarnation and knowing the full spectrum of the Creator and the nature of creation and of the process that one is embracing in coming into incarnation, it seemed like child’s play. It seemed so obvious that there would be these moments of challenge and certainly there would be discomfort, but there would always be this knowledge of the way things really are.

Now Q’uo said that moving into this sacred space is moving into a place where we are loved and where we love, and we have the courage that may be lacking in our chakra system at the moment so that moving into green ray is moving into a secure place, and we do have to get through our own gate because there are lions at the door of green ray, so we need to lay aside our pride, arrogance, and pretensions of all kinds, so Q’uo wanted to draw attention to this point again because in terms of psychic resistance it is all-important: the bravest and the hardest thing we will ever do is lay down our cross because this decision is one of great power which is easy to make in our head and say: “Yes, once and for all I lay down this burden. I will no longer be pulled off balance by this particular memory that has become an entity of childhood pain.” But Q’uo said let an hour or a day go by, and that decision that we made with our head alone is shuffled off into metaphysical misery, and a reset button is pushed somewhere deep within us, and that area of childhood pain is alive and well once again. Then Q’uo said that there is a way to know when we have accessed a point of childhood pain in the green ray because when we have been able to see it in all of its detail, we will be able to see the incredible humor of this effort, so Q’uo could not tell us how to come to that moment, but they could tell us where to start by coming to know our own pain: its shape, its density, and most of all its texture within our life, so they suggested that we work with these energies from the blue-ray standpoint since that is calling upon clear and honest communication where we can discover ways of communicating better with ourself since there are many ways we communicate with ourselves where our point of view has a slant so that we are not seeing a good picture which the blue ray has the power to throw light upon in a situation in such a way that we can see where we have an angle from which to see it. Q’uo went on to say that when we have laid down our burden and said, “Yes, I give this back to the infinite,” then there is that moment of acceptance of ourself as it was, as it is, and as we have every hope that it will be, but this is a heartbreak to do in terms of our feeling that we have made progress since it is very difficult to feel that we have made progress when we are working with psychic resistance since it is all going on within the inner processes of ourself, so there is no way to check all of the boxes, and at the end of this process we will have succeeded since most entities upon our planet who experience the greeting feel it is dealt with for the moment, and then it simply resurfaces, and the work is there to do all over again. Q’uo encouraged us not to be discouraged at the cyclical nature of psychic resistance and try to understand ourself and the multi-level nature of our being because we can find those pockets of pain and empty them and not realize that there is a deeper level from which that pocket of pain is being filled so that one pocket of pain is found and emptied, but that hollow remains within our energetic web that functions as a hole into which more content is poured from those dark places that have not yet been found deep within ourself, and some places of pain there are within our energetic body which cannot be found doing work consciously because they were never experienced consciously, and these include areas of pain that were brought into our incarnation from previously unbalanced incarnations, and pain to which our unborn child was subjected prior to our physical incarnation, so we have no memory of such pain because those processes of memory do not begin until we are breathing the air and have begun our incarnation. Q’uo continued by saying that it is as though there are springs of pain within us that come from so deep within our nature that we cannot get them out, and for most us these springs can be expected to function throughout our incarnation, and  it is to be noted that in these cases there is a use for the work that we must do in response to these experiences of pain springing forth from the deep fountains within us, so suffering is a part of the “refining fire” that Carla calls the incarnation so that the incarnation for one who is attempting to learn partakes of the pain of that learning, but before our incarnation this was understood and accepted by us, and the reason for this careless acceptance of future pain was that from before incarnation we knew the full spectrum of the Creator and the nature of creation that we were embracing coming into our incarnation, and it  seemed so obvious that there would be these moments of challenge, but there would always be this knowledge of the way things really are. On September 26, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of moments of challenge:

However, in another sense, it is almost antithetically the case that temptations are not distractions from the path. Temptations are the path. There is virtue in becoming eager to meet catalyst or to greet temptation because it is in those moments that you are able to do the work of learning that you came to do. It is in those moments of challenge that you are able to declare yourself as an entity of service to others, an entity that wishes to serve the light and that wishes to be an instrument for love and peace. Without the catalyst, without the temptations, those fine moments would not come, and you would not gain a sense of yourself nearly as quickly within incarnation.

It is very difficult from beyond incarnation to believe it possible to forget the true nature of the self and the creation. And yet, memory is the first thing that goes at the beginning of an incarnation. Your incarnation is protected from your own knowledge so that it can be very real to you, and it can have the effect that it is supposed to have and that you are hoping that it will have. However, from within incarnation, this is not a comforting thought. From within incarnation, you simply want the pain to go away, and yet the pain of living is part and parcel of the experience of drawing breath.

There is a road. This instrument is steeped in the Christian traditions, and so she thinks of this road as the King’s Highway. Others might think of it as the Great Way or the Tao. The one know as R was saying earlier that there is protection for those working on spiritual process. This is true. However, the protection must be claimed, and the work that we have been describing is done before that claiming can take place. The price of admittance to that road is the laying down of all burdens and the taking on of your own truth. In taking on your own truth, you are taking on a self that is perfect, not in the sense of doing nothing wrong, but in the sense of being one with the infinite Creator. The act of laying down and leaving behind the worldly self is key. Once you have lain down your burdens, once you have let your personality go, your sense of justification and rightness and all of those details of self, you come into a consciousness that is real, a consciousness that is yours now and tomorrow and forever.

And once you have that self as your significant self, you cannot be moved from the road. It truly is the “royal road,” and when you are on it, you are one with all; all that you may perceive as those whom you wish to help; all that you may perceive of as those from whom you wish to learn; all entities, qualities and aspects of the Creator whatsoever. And you are all on this road together. You are in harmony; you are dancing, you are singing, and the movement is rhythmic and right. And you are part of the entire creation, wheeling in joy and opening up the infinite night to the light of stars. And on this royal road, one foot moving in front of the other is as the thunder of a mighty stallion or the beat of wings of a mighty eagle that is soaring high above the Earth and gazing with power and knowledge upon all that he sees. There is that feeling of being able to make strides upon that road, and you are truly, as you dance with spirit, creating an ever more indelible impression of yourself that functions as a memory, so that you are more able to move into this space within yourself, where you feel your essence, the next time. It even begins to become a relief to drop the worldly details and to lay down those burdens. But this is something that only occurs with a great deal of practice. This entity is thinking to herself how poorly she accomplishes this as she attempts to balance herself and to dance within her own experience, and yet, we say that each of you is doing excellent work. One cannot judge the self. That is not useful in terms of working with the energetic body.

If you look at this question from the intellectual or mindful level, it will be a party game for you, something that is enjoyable to think about, but there will be no solution. It is from the level of the heart and that alone that this psychic resistance may be dealt with in a useful and skillful way. Part of your query that we would like to touch upon before we open the meeting to questions is whether there is some ritual that one may go through in order to halt the advance of psychic greeting or psychic resistance. And as we have suggested before, there is value to images and icons. What is your image of unconditional love? What image has power for you? This instrument has a tendency to say a one-word prayer, that word being, “Jesus.” She does this with intention. The intention is to move into the mind and the heart of Jesus, to move into unconditional love itself. So, in seeing the name of this icon, this instrument pulls a vibration from memory into use and that vibration is every experience that she has had wherein she was able to rest in unconditional love, having prayed that prayer.

Prayer is an intensely intimate, personal activity, and we cannot suggest to you what your icon for unconditional love should be. We can only suggest that you develop one if you do not have one, and then that you use it with intention, being willing, when you start with that icon and that image, to sit with it until it has done its work in you so that when you open your eyes, you are seeing with the eyes of that icon. This is deep work and not to be undertaken lightly. But we believe that, in terms of instantaneous change, the use of icons and images in the mind is a good way to create changes in consciousness at will, this being the definition of one who does magic. Be a magical person. Call upon the magician within yourself and create for yourself the world in which you choose to live. As always, Spirit, in many ways, is there to help you. And we ourselves, if you wish to call upon our energies, will be there if you, but think of us and ask us for your help.

Q’uo went on to say that it is very difficult from beyond incarnation for us to believe it possible to forget the true nature of ourself and the creation, but memory is the first thing that goes at the beginning of our incarnation because our incarnation is protected from our own knowledge so that it can be real to us, and it can have the effect that it is supposed to have, but from within our incarnation this is not a comforting thought since within incarnation we wanted the pain to go away, and yet the pain of living is part of the experience of drawing breath. Then Q’uo said that there is a road, and Carla is steeped in the Christian traditions, so she thinks of this road as the King’s Highway, and that there is protection for us while we are working on spiritual process, but the protection must be claimed, and the work that Q’uo has been describing is done before that claiming can take place so that the price of admittance to that road is the laying down of all our burdens and the taking on of our truth, and we are taking on a self that is perfect in the sense of being one with the infinite Creator, and our act of leaving behind our worldly self is key, so once we have lain down our burdens and we have let our personality go, we come into a consciousness that is real, a consciousness that is ours now, and tomorrow, and forever. Q’uo continued by saying that once we have experienced that self as our significant self, we cannot be moved from the road because it truly is the “Royal Road,” and when we are on it, we are one with all entities and aspects of the Creator, and we are opening up the infinite night to the light of stars, and on this Royal Road there is that feeling moving into this space within ourself where we feel our essence, and it even begins to become a relief to lay down our burdens, but this is something that only occurs with a great deal of practice, and Q’uo said that each of us is doing excellent work, but we cannot judge ourself since that is not useful in terms of working with the energetic body. Now Q’uo said that if we look at this question from the intellectual level, it will be something that is enjoyable to think about, but there will be no solution because it is from the level of our heart that this psychic resistance may be dealt with in a skillful way, so Q’uo wanted to discuss some ritual that we may go through in order to halt the advance of psychic greeting, and they suggested that there is value to images and icons so they said that Carla has a tendency to say a one-word prayer which is, “Jesus,” and she does this with intention to move into her mind and the heart of Jesus and into unconditional love itself, so in seeing the name of this icon she pulls a vibration from memory into use, and that vibration is every experience that she has had wherein she was able to rest in unconditional love, having prayed that prayer. Q’uo completed their response by saying that prayer is a personal activity, and they could not suggest to us what our icon for unconditional love should be, but they could only suggest that we develop one if we do not have one, and then that we use it to set our intention to sit with it until it has done its work in us so that when we open our eyes, we are seeing with the eyes of that icon, and this is deep work and not to be undertaken lightly, but the use of icons and images in our mind is a good way to create changes in consciousness at will which is the definition of one who does magic, so we call upon the magician within ourself and create for ourself the world in which we choose to live, and the Spirit is there to help us, and Q’uo would be there if we asked them to help us. On August 3, 1997, Q’uo described the nature of unconditional love:

The great quest for this “pearl of great price” is that quest which, for most, encompasses the entire life, for to open the heart in unconditional love to those about one is a task difficult enough that it eludes and confuses most. For it is far, far too easy and tempting to take offense, to give offense, to be confused, and to move through the incarnation on unsteady metaphysical feet. However, when one has been privileged to taste that unconditional love moving to and from one’s own heart, then the blessings of this experience tend to open for one the next step, and the next, and the next, so that the opportunity to share this love is ever present. This love has a power unto itself that is like no other. It draws to one who expresses it those experiences and those entities which are in need of the service of unconditional love.

We thank you for this question and at this time would move into opening the meeting to further queries. Is there a question at this time?

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and we find that the energy is indeed low and that the queries are, for the present, at an end. And so, we thank each of you again and leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as those of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai.

This morning I noticed that the fountain on the fishpond was shooting a little water out of the pond, so I put the garden hose in the pond and filled the pond until the fountain was a foot short of going out of the pond.

This afternoon I went to my neighbor’s yard across the street  and spread some birdseed on the ground so that the squirrels and deer can have some birdseed to eat.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 12

All That Is Needed Is Given

I am the spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Passionately does this instrument pray at this time to be of service to others.

For all who would wish to be of service, we would recommend that passion be turned into surety; that hope be filled with faith. For whence indeed cometh help? Is it not written in the Psalter that help cometh from the Lord who made heaven and earth? Cannot this great principle of creation, which created all that there is, create those channels of help which are needed at the time that they are needed and not before?

You who have walked the pilgrim’s path have surely noted that all that is needed is given in its time and all that is not given is that which is not needed for the learning and flowering of that individual soul.

Rest back into the strength and the passion that created all and trust yourselves, you who seek to serve, as adequate channels needing only to be open when help is requested. So, you shall serve and infinity flow through you. Worry not that your supply may fail.

We leave you in peace, love and trust, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the quote comes from November 28, 2004:

The question today has to do with the relationship between love and fear. We are told that there is a relationship, and that if we can learn how to find the balance in this relationship, that we can help love to overcome fear. Could Q’uo tell us the relationship between love and fear?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is a privilege and a blessing for us to be called to your circle of seeking to offer our thoughts on the relationship between love and fear. We thank you for this privilege and would ask of you that you use your discrimination in listening to our thoughts, being sure not to take up any thought of ours with which you do not completely resonate. For not all of our thoughts will hit the mark. We ask you to be very careful to leave behind any thoughts that you do not particularly care for. This will enable us to share our thoughts freely without being concerned that we are infringing on your free will or disturbing the rhythm and rightness of your own process. We thank you for this consideration.

The query that you ask this day is at the heart of the movement from your present third-density world and experience to the fourth-density world of Love. You dwell at this time in a density that is attempting to learn what it is to love unconditionally. In the next density, the density of love and understanding, the atmosphere is one of unconditional love. It may seem to be paradise, standing in third density and thinking about living in unconditional Love. And certainly, relatively speaking, it is paradise to dwell consciously in the atmosphere of total acceptance. However, the interplay betwixt love and fear continues in fourth density as the shadows, those shadows that you now experience in third density, are penetrated. That dynamic continues because, as light is brought into the darkness, it reveals more subtle patterns of shadow and light, so that the dynamic continues and deepens. As you move forward in the process of spiritual evolution, you will find yourself continuing to uncover areas that were previously unknown to you within the very complex pattern of your total personality. So, this is not a question that will go away as you learn more. It is a question that will deepen and intensify, for there is no end to the mystery of this dynamic between love and fear.

In the world of ideas, qualities like love and fear are entities. To put a face and a body to love is perhaps to imagine a feminine figure, loving and maternal, with open arms and an open heart and a willingness to embrace. To put a face and a body to fear is perhaps to imagine a male figure clad in an enveloping cloak in which are gathered all of the treasures that this figure is attempting to hold tightly to himself. We describe them in this way for two reasons: firstly we wish to spark your own imagination, for it is instructive to think upon what love looks like to you and what fear looks like. But also we describe them in this fashion because there is a natural dynamic betwixt the feminine and the male principles and in the yin, or feminine, aspect, there is the expansiveness, the generosity, and that quality of unconditional love that is personified, say, in the image of Mother Mary, the Madonna, or Quan Yin, or Mother Earth, or mother nature. In the yang or male aspect of creation as a whole, there is the flexing of muscle and the contracting around ideals and ideas and those ideologies that give rise to action.

We have said before that your culture, as a whole, is overbalanced towards the male principle and has, as this instrument would put it, gotten stuck in a repetitive cycle of male energy that is aggressive and, in many ways, based upon fear and the determination to respond to that fear by acquiring and controlling resources and power. Those who are in power within your various nation-states have many good reasons for these aggressions, these acquisitions, and this use of power, saying that is for the benefit of all. And yet, if one examines the heart of such concepts, the energy is wrapped up in fear and in contraction. So, the surface of your culture is caught in that contracted state where there is a constant concern for safety and security and a constant quest for having sufficient resources to meet the future.

[The telephone answering machine is heard.]

We are those of Q’uo, and are again with this instrument. We apologize for this delay; however, this instrument was distracted by the telephone message.

The ways of fear are insidious, and they have become established within your culture to the point that the natural responses of most entities to the needs of the individual or the society are almost instinctively contracted and fear-based. There is little or no precedent within your leaders or within your role models for gazing at a situation in terms of trust, faith, or love but rather an almost inevitable bias towards gazing at a situation from the standpoint of concern, worry, projection into the future, and contraction around these concerns and worries and projections. It is a time for your peoples which expresses the energy of that stuck, male domination. And we do not mean this in terms of sexuality, for many are the men among your peoples who are very able to express feminine energy in their thinking and their actions and many are the female entities at this time who are experiencing their incarnations from the standpoint of fear and contraction. We speak instead of the dynamic betwixt yin and yang. The question then becomes how to free both men and women from the strictures and the limitations of the masculine viewpoint.

The group question for this session was: “The question today has to do with the relationship between love and fear. We are told that there is a relationship, and that if we can learn how to find the balance in this relationship, that we can help love to overcome fear. Could Q’uo tell us the relationship between love and fear?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the query that we ask today is at the heart of the movement from our third-density world to the fourth-density world of love, and we dwell in a density that is attempting to learn what it is to love unconditionally, and in the density of love and understanding the atmosphere is one of unconditional love so that it may seem to be paradise as we stand in third density and think about living in unconditional Love, but the interplay between love and fear continues in fourth density as the shadows that we experience in third density are penetrated, and that dynamic continues because, as light is brought into the darkness, it reveals more subtle patterns of shadow and light, so as we move forward in the process of spiritual evolution, we will find ourself continuing to uncover areas that were previously unknown to us within the very complex pattern of our total personality, and this is not a question that will go away as we learn more since it is a question that will intensify, for there is no end to the mystery of this dynamic between love and fear. Then Q’uo said that in the world of ideas, qualities like love and fear are entities so that to put a face and a body to love is to imagine a feminine figure with open arms, an open heart, and a willingness to embrace, and to put a face and a body to fear is to imagine a male figure dressed in a cloak in which are gathered all of the treasures that this figure is attempting to hold tightly to himself, and Q’uo described them in this way for two reasons: firstly they wished to engage our imagination, for it is helpful to think upon what love looks like to us and what fear looks like, but also they described them in this way because there is a natural dynamic between the feminine and the male principles and in the feminine aspect there is the unconditional love that is personified in the image of Mother Mary or Mother Earth, and in the male aspect of creation as a whole there is the contracting around those ideologies that give rise to action. Q’uo went on to stay that our culture is overbalanced towards the male principle and has gotten stuck in a repetitive cycle of male energy that is aggressive and based upon fear and responding to fear by controlling resources and power, and those who are in power within our various nation-states have many good reasons for the gaining and use of power saying that it is for the benefit of all, but if we examine the heart of such concepts, the energy is wrapped up in fear and in contraction, so the surface of our culture is caught in that state where there is a constant concern for safety and a quest for having enough resources to meet the future. Q’uo continued by saying that the ways of fear have become established within our culture to the point that the natural responses of most of us to the needs of the individual or the society are contracted and fear-based, and there are few examples within our leaders for gazing at a situation in terms of faith or love but a bias towards gazing at a situation from the standpoint of worry about the future and contraction around these worries, and it is a time for our people which express the energy of male domination, but Q’uo did not mean this in terms of sexuality, for many men  in our culture are able to express feminine energy in their thinking and actions, and many women are experiencing their incarnations from the standpoint of fear and contraction, so Q’uo spoke of the dynamic between yin and yang, and the question then is how to free both men and women from the limitations of the masculine viewpoint. On April 11, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the feminine and male energies:

We would turn to the basic concept that the male energy is that which reaches, the feminine energy is that which awaits the reaching. The male energy is that which seeks to know, the feminine energy is that which, by direct insight and intuition, already knows.

It is as if the male principle hungers and thirsts for the direct awareness of the one infinite Creator, yet with all his heart, with all of his energy and strength, with every priestly attribute, the male principle is denied the Book of Life.

The feminine principle, on the other hand, dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity and eternity. The moon sings through the blood of the woman. The cycle of the seasons echoes in her and to the biological feminine is given intimate awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her.

When you think about how it feels to be fearful, perhaps you may see that, involved in most experiences of fear-based thought, there is the habit of projection into the future. The one known as T2 and the one known as Jim were both speaking earlier of thinking ahead to jobs that need to be done or conversations that need to be held or situations that may arise. And the one known as Jim was speaking of the difference between positive projecting and negative projecting. In the sense of positive projection into the future, there is no projecting beyond what could be called architectural or structural projection. And we would offer the example that the one known as Jim has often given of how this entity would prepare for a pole vault during the field games of his school days by imagining and visualizing, with great integrity of detail, every step of running with the pole to the point where the pole was planted and the body weight was levered and lifted and the pole was allowed to lift the body up over the bar and then the rotation would be imagined and the successful dismount. And this entity would repeat this visualization, say, before going to bed and upon awakening, those times when he was most able to be in a very magical and focused frame of mind, so that by the time the one known as Jim came to the actual games and was ready to make his pole vault, he was relaxed and confident, having done this pole vault many times in his imagination. This is positive projection.

Negative projection, on the other hand, is far easier to describe because each of those in this circle of seeking has had the conversations in the mind that will be difficult or are expected to be difficult, and has experienced that repetition of thought where one begins to think, “Well, what if something happens, then what shall I say?” And then one continues thinking in a circular way again, “Well, what if this happens, then what shall I do?” simply riding that cycle around a circular course, again and again. In truth, such imaginings do not improve the way that such a conversation will actually go, because there is not simply the self involved in the equation but also the other self. And no matter how many imaginings one has done about what people will say, in the actual conversation, there is always a new and unique twist to how things turn out. And all of the vain imaginings fall away before the actual person and the actual conversation. Perhaps the most tragic outcome of such vain, circular imaginings would be that one renders oneself incapable of hearing the actual conversation because one has been deafened by one’s expectations.

We would not discourage entities from looking into the future when it seems appropriate. What we would encourage, however, is the choice of positive projection, of imaging the graceful and efficient way to do something that needs to be done, imagining only your own actions and seeing them as completely successful. This is an excellent way to create positive expectation and a sense of confidence within yourself. The one known as Carla, who is the instrument at this session, was speaking earlier of how she could not see a way to complete her tasks in the situation in which she finds herself. This is because she is not able to use positive visualization, since she does not know what she can expect from herself. When there is a vacuum in a positive situation, it is very tempting to substitute negative projection and simply worry and be concerned about how the future will pan out.

Wewould simply suggest that, unless the concern is turned from worry into a dispassionate and calm review of possibilities for solutions, innovations that may improve the picture and so forth, there is no positive or constructive use for the worry. It is difficult simply to take one’s worry and concern and lay it down. Yet, indeed, that would be our suggestion. Realize that fear has come to visit and has offered you a gift. Whether it is wrapped up in a plain brown paper bag or whether it is gift-wrapped and has a pretty ribbon, as concern sometimes has, it is, nevertheless, a package of fear. Such packages do not need to be opened. They can be laid aside and neglected while you, having rejected the fear, simply move onto other thoughts and concerns.

Then Q’uo said that when we think about how it feels to be fearful we may see that this involves the habit of projection into the future, and that T2 and Jim were speaking earlier of thinking ahead to jobs that need to be done in future situations, and Jim was speaking of the difference between positive projecting and negative projecting, and in the sense of positive projection into the future, there is no projecting beyond what could be called structural projection, so Q’uo gave the example that Jim has often given of how he would prepare for a pole vault during track and field games of his school days by visualizing every step of running with the pole to the point where the pole was planted, and the body weight was lifted, and the pole was allowed to lift the body up over the bar, and then the rotation would be imagined and the successful dismount, and he would repeat this visualization before going to bed and upon awakening, those times when he was most able to be in a very focused frame of mind, so that by the time he came to the actual games and was ready to make his pole vault, he was relaxed and confident, having done this pole vault many times in his imagination, so this is positive projection. Q’uo went on to say that negative projection is far easier to describe because each of us has had the conversations in our mind that are expected to be difficult where we begin to think, “Well, what if something happens, then what shall I say?” And then we continue thinking in a circular way again, “Well, what if this happens, then what shall I do?” and we continue cycling these thoughts again and again, but such imaginings do not improve the way that our conversation will go because there is not just ourself involved in the experience but also the other self, and no matter how many imaginings we have done about what people will say, there is always a unique twist to how things turn out so that all of the vain imaginings fall away before actual person and conversation occur, so perhaps the most tragic outcome of such circular imaginings would be that we render ourself incapable of hearing the actual conversation because we have been deafened by our expectations. Q’uo continued by saying that they would encourage our choice of positive projection, of imaging the graceful and efficient way to do something that needs to be done, imagining only our own actions and seeing them as completely successful because this is the way to create a sense of self confidence within ourself, and  Carla could not see a way to complete her tasks because she is not able to use positive visualization since she does not know what she can expect from herself, so when there is a vacuum in a positive situation, it is tempting for us to substitute negative projection and worry about how the future will play out. Now Q’uo said that they would suggest that there is no use for us to use worry unless our concern is turned from worry into a calm review of possibilities for solutions that may improve the outcome, but it is difficult to take our worry and lay it down because fear has come to visit and has offered us a gift, and such gifts do not need to be opened, so they can be laid aside while we can move onto other thoughts. On March 26, 1995, Q’uo spoke of the value of self-confidence:

When an entity is comfortable with the basic questions of who she is, what she basically believes in, and where she considers her mission to be leading her, then such a person comes to the task of communication with a feeling of self-confidence. This underlying feeling is that which is to be prized and that for which it is well to work, for pure truth lies always in the area between any two entities rather than in the one or in the other. Even if they agree, yet, still, the truth itself cannot be captured.

The one known as R was saying earlier that it is difficult to see how love and fear are two sides of the same coin. We began speaking of love and fear as entities, qualities in the Platonic sense, the world of ideas. And this is a very valid and real world where love and fear do indeed have infinite and ever-ongoing lives, as long as they are reflected in the hearts and the minds of those moving through the illusion of incarnation. However, it is easier to see the relationship between love and fear if we move from contemplating love and fear as pure entities and look at them as applied in the lives of each of you, so that they are not entities upon their own but they are rather a dynamic of choices between which you may choose as you encounter catalyst and find yourself making a choice. When you come to a cusp, and are looking at an issue that is yours to look at, whether it is the right use of time, the right use of resources such as money, or any other issue, you come to the issue in some state of imbalance or bias. This instrument was speaking of her own fears earlier when she said that she had, consciously, to choose to substitute faith for fear. She had, consciously, to realize that all is well and perfect and when she did that, she made a new reality in which fear had no part.

The coin itself, with love on one side and fear on the other, is you yourself and what you think is important. You are the treasure here. You are the coin of the realm, shall we say. You are a thing of infinite value, and when you have a concern, if you reach, with hope and trust and faith, you are reaching into the qualities of love. If instead you approach your issue by contracting into worry and projection, then your choice is fear. Shall you expand around an issue or shall you contract around an issue? That is your choice. Note that the energies of expansion are locked into the present moment. They do not drift into projections of the future or memories of the past. In the world of love, one begins with the knowledge that all is well. And this pulls one into focus in the center of the present moment. In truth, as we said earlier, it almost seems negligent or criminal within the society in which you find yourself to approach issues from a standpoint of love. It does not seem to be prudent or sensible to stay in the present moment, and yet anything but the present moment is an illusion of mind. All that is truly yours to do with, to exert control over, or to make choices within is this present moment.

So, if you take that image of the self in the present moment as the coin, and look to see what the heads and tails of that coin are, archetypically speaking it is very clear and shining in its simplicity. On one side is love, on the other side is fear. On the one side is expansion into an infinite present with infinite possibilities; on the other side is contraction into a knot and the determination that stems from that contraction to control, to be aggressive, and to make things safe. And this involves one in endless projections into the future and endless projections into the past in order to justify the projections into the future.

When one visits in a hospital, one may well be able to sense the presence of a kind of dark energy that seems somehow to be a part of the atmosphere of this place of supposed healing. This is because there are unseen entities from your inner planes that are negative in nature and that feed upon fear and pain. In any place where there is suffering, these entities will cluster and eat that energy that is coming off of the people that are suffering. When you yourself enter into the contraction around fear concerning an issue, you are, yourself, producing food that is very tasty for these unseen entities. And if your habit solidifies and deepens, so that you are constantly running fear-based thoughts and dwelling in the lands of worry and projection into an unsightly and worrisome future, you are solidifying a habit that will increasingly limit your ability to relax and enjoy the present moment.

Now Q’uo said that it is difficult to see how love and fear are two sides of the same coin, and in the world of ideas this is a world where love and fear have infinite and ever-ongoing lives, as long as they are reflected in our hearts and the minds as we are moving through the illusion of incarnation, but it is easier for us to see the relationship between love and fear if we move from contemplating love and fear as pure entities and look at them as applied to our lives so that they are not entities upon their own, but they are choices which we may choose between as we encounter catalyst so that we are making a choice, and we are looking at an issue that is in a state of imbalance we may need to do as Carla did and choose to use faith instead of fear because all is well, so we can create a new reality in which fear has no part. Q’uo went on to say that the coin itself, with love on one side and fear on the other, is what we think is important because we are of infinite value, and when we have a concern, and if we reach with trust and faith, we are reaching into the qualities of love, but if we approach our issue by contracting into worry, then our choice is fear, so our choice to expand around an issue, or to contract around an issue, and the energies of expansion are locked into the present moment because in the world of love, we begin with the knowledge that all is well, and this pulls us into focus of the present moment even though it seems criminal within our society to approach issues from the standpoint of love, and yet anything but the present moment is an illusion of our mind, and all that is truly ours is to make choices within is this present moment. Q’uo continued by saying that if we take that image of ourself in the present moment as the coin, and look to see what the heads and tails of that coin are, archetypically speaking, it is clear that on one side is love and the expansion into the infinite present moment of possibilities, and on the other side is fear of contraction into control and making things safe, and this involves us in endless projections into the future and into the past in order to justify the projections into the future. Then Q’uo said that when we visit a hospital, we may be able to sense the presence of dark energy that seems to be a part of the atmosphere of this place of  healing because there are unseen entities from our inner planes that are negative and that feed upon fear and pain, and these entities will eat that energy that is coming off of the people that are suffering, and when we contract around fear concerning an issue, we are producing food that is tasty for these unseen entities, and if our habit solidifies and deepens, so that we are running fear-based thoughts and dwelling in the lands of worry, we are solidifying a habit that will increasingly limit our ability to relax and enjoy the present moment. On March 20, 1991, Q’uo described the nature of the present moment:

Worry not about that which is projected from the present moment into that which shall be a future moment. Do and be in this moment and allow each succeeding moment to be created from the harmony of this moment. It is natural for entities within your third-density illusion to move from the present moment and to reminisce about those previous experiences and to project those that may occur in your future, for the present moment is that which is the most illusory and difficult to comfortably place oneself within, for all of one’s life, then, is contained within that immediacy of experience which the present moment surrounds. And for most entities who have not consciously considered the purpose of the life pattern, the present moment is that which shall be escaped from. Thus, we would recommend that you share your love at each present moment when it is felt and allow the moment to be enough unto itself.

Tomove away from these habits of contraction is to move from shadow into sunlight. We do not say that this journey from shadow to sunlight is going to be an easy one. It flies in the face of your cultural training to rely on trust and faith. There are many, many times in each day when you have the opportunity to move into worry. We can only encourage you to do as the known as T2 said, to remain somewhat centered and focused, more so than your everyday state; to be somewhat in a meditative state as you move through the moments of your day. For it is just in these tiny moments that the opportunities to make the choice between love and fear appear. The challenge is to be aware, when those moments arrive, so that you can stop yourself from being triggered into fear and the contraction around fear.

We are not encouraging you to lose all fear in dangerous situations. We are not encouraging you to stop steering your car away from an oncoming vehicle simply because you are not afraid. We would encourage you to avoid the oncoming vehicle, certainly. It is at the level of being concerned the next time you get in your vehicle that this will happen again, that we encourage you to choose to trust the moment and not to project into an uncertain future. At this moment all is well and if you must look into the future then look with hope. Think to yourself, I might be surprised at how well this will go. Visualize positively, if you must go into the future and whenever possible we encourage you to remain at peace and at rest and very alert and watchful for the universe is speaking to you.

One concept we would share with you in this regard is wrapped up in a phrase that this instrument knows from her study of the Holy Bible. It is a quote, “Be not afraid, for help is near.” Help is always very near. The Spirit is with you at all times and in all places, nearer to you than your breathing, closer to you than your eyes or your hands. You are truly cherished and loved…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…not because you have done something good, but because you are you, and you are precious to the Creator. Agents of spirit are in your heart and speaking within your mind but, more than that, all of creation is abuzz with awareness of you and your needs. Watch and see what images come to you; what animals, birds, and tiny creatures cross your path that may have meaning to you and may have a message for you. Begin asking the creation around you for hints and clues. Begin expecting them and the creation will speak to you in ever-increasing ways.

This instrument is informing us that we must leave this topic and ask for other queries at this time, and we shall leave you with just one more thought on this subject. The answer to this question is a part of your nature. The answer to what Love is lies within you, now. For your nature is Love. Love created you, and you are a spark of that infinite Love. In many ways, spiritual evolution is a process of allowing the real you to come out of all the wrappings and cultural training and old habit. How you have been beaten down by what others have told you, how others have seen you, and so forth! Casting aside assumed wisdom is sometimes a very difficult and lengthy process. But the truth is speaking within you now; love is powerful within you now. So, turn your ears inward to the silence of that heart within and listen for the footsteps of the One Who comes in Love.

Q’uo said that when we move away from habits of contraction we are moving from shadow into sunlight, and they said our journey is not going to be an easy one because it not a part of our cultural training to rely on trust and faith, and there are many times in each day when we may move into worry, so Q’uo encouraged us to remain centered so that in the meditative state as we move through our day, for it is in these tiny moments that our opportunities to make the choice between love and fear appear, and our challenge is to be aware when those moments arrive, so that we can stop ourself from being triggered into fear. Q’uo went on to say that they are not encouraging us to lose all fear in dangerous situations, but they did encourage us to trust the moment, and not to project into an uncertain future because at this moment all is well, and if we must look into the future, then we should look with hope and think how we may be surprised at how well this will go, and remain at peace and be alert, for the universe is speaking to us. Then Q’uo said that one concept they would share with us was that help is always very near because the Spirit is with us at all times, and we are truly loved…and we are precious to the Creator, and that agents of Spirit are in our heart and speaking within our mind, and all of creation is abuzz with awareness of us and our needs so that we should begin asking the creation around us for hints and clues in the form of animals, birds, and tiny creatures that cross our path that may have a message for us and begin expecting them, and the creation will speak to us in ever-increasing ways. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that the answer to what Love is lies within us, for Love created us, and we are a spark of that infinite Love, and spiritual evolution is a process of allowing our real nature to come out of all the cultural training and old habits of how we have been beaten down by what others have told us, and we should cast aside assumed wisdom which is sometimes a difficult and lengthy process, but the truth is speaking within us now, and love is powerful within us, so we should turn our ears inward to the silence of our heart, and listen for the footsteps of the One Who comes in Love. On June 5, 1983, Hatonn described what Love is:

The experience of finding that Love is rare. Even so, Love is so close, and so near, and so transparent, and so powerful that it will pick up your life and move it at an ever-increasing acceleration towards truth. The reason for this is that people expect Love to mean something, a physical thing, a mental experience, an emotional onslaught, a sweet peace, the great “Aha!” of philosophy. Whatever people expect, it is not what Love is, because Love is in this moment, and has been in every moment that you have experienced this day.

As we speak to you, the moments tumble by, numberless, limitless, thousands and thousands of moments. Can you reach out and grasp even the tiniest moment filled with Love? Ah, you can feel that about which we speak because you are becoming tuned to Love, you are resonating with Love, you are being filled with Love at this moment, and you become thereby a powerful person. But it is now another moment. And when you are not sitting in meditation, you are often in the situation of manifesting the Love that is in the moment. Now you know why we urge meditation. Now you can feel the Love of the moment, be taken by the rush of the wind of Love, be stormed and overcome and be in the moment. And there are those who are in that moment for a short period of your time, and there are those who find that moment and do not leave it for hours, or weeks, or years as you measure time. But you choose to come out of meditation and go about your daily life. Now you see how the choice of what you decide affects so many other choices in your life’s experience.

At this time we would open this meeting to further queries, if there are any. Is there a further question at this time?

T1: I have a question. May I speak?

We are those of Q’uo, and we encourage you to speak, my brother.

T1: We know that Q’uo is composed of three entities in the Confederation and I would like to know if there is a major speaker, speaking. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We are composed, as you said, of three groups, one of fourth density, one of fifth density, and one of sixth density, in this instrument’s and our way of describing our relative position and experience. This particular principle was created because this particular instrument has a certain way of tuning and preparing for contact with the Confederation entities. She prays for contact with the highest and best contact that she may handle in a stable and conscious manner. It is a very precise request. The entity whom she tended to receive upon making this prayer, prior to her contact with those of the Ra group, was the Latwii group and she had received those of Latwii fairly consistently for several years before experiencing the trance contact with those of the Ra group.

As each within this circle is aware, the contact with those of Ra was a very narrow-band contact which was only possible during that window of opportunity when the ones known as Don, Jim, and Carla were all in the circle and when the one known as Don passed from this third-density experience, the possibility of further contact with this particular entity was ended. However, this instrument continued to tune and pray in the same manner and those of Latwii and others within the Confederation, including those of Hatonn and those of Ra, felt that perhaps the creation of a principle would best respond to this instrument’s very real desire for the highest and best contact of which she was capable.

Since those of Ra could not speak with this instrument in a conscious and stable manner, there was no possibility for that social memory complex being the speaker. However, both those of Hatonn and those of Latwii had previously enjoyed sharing the thoughts of those of Ra in a teach/learning circle and the three groups decided that they would blend into one principle, with the ones known as Hatonn being responsible simply for projecting a vibration of Love, of which I feel sure that each of you is aware as we speak. The ones known as Latwii took the responsibility for speaking to this instrument, and the ones known as Ra were part of the process of defining just how to respond to the question that was presented to the principle of Q’uo. So, as those of Q’uo speak, it is those of Latwii who are creating the concepts which this instrument receives and translates into words.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T1: Thank you. A very detailed answer.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. Is there a question at this time?

T2: Yes, I had a question. Just before the other question I had again started to think as to this evening, dealing with folks that I have to deal with this evening, and immediately it popped into my head, “Please, don’t focus on negative, fearful aspects of anything involved with this situation. Strictly attempt to think of the other people and what I can do to make them more comfortable with the situation.” And I think my question to you is, does this thought come from you at that moment ,or is this a thought of my all-mind, or is it some combination of both?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We see no difficulty or infringement in stating that the impulse of that thought came from your personal guidance but was enabled and assisted by your very recent interaction with us in that you truly entered into that which we were offering and were truly working with these ideas so that you softened the ground and enabled your ears to hear your own guidance.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T2: No, thank you very much.

Q’uo: We thank you, my brother. May we ask if there is a final query at this time?

T1: May I speak?

Q’uo: Yes.

T1: In the Law of One books I remember Ra told us that there is a complete transition into the fourth density in 2012. When I think of the current, chaotic war situation I wonder if this stage is delayed. I know you cannot give us the detailed dates, but could you focus a little about the current situation? Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother, and are glad to attempt to speak to your query. Firstly, the dating of the transition into full fourth-density energy for your planet is fixed. It is a matter of your time moving forward. Just as summer gives way to fall and fall gives way to winter, so one age gives way to another, and one period of time is succeeded by another. For your particular planet and your particular solar system, there is a turning of energy, a rotation into new space/time as well as new time/space. That is inevitable and is as the ticking of the clock. This will have been accomplished just as it has been foreseen by many at the approximate date of late in the twelfth month of 2011.

So, roughly speaking, 2012 shall see the full realization, in terms of the inner planes of your planet and the time/space aspects of your planet. Fourth density, in 2012, will be your system of energy. Now, my brother, as you can well imagine, there is much energy upon your planet at this time embodied in the persons of the individuals living upon it and the societal groups and structures and governments that these people have created that will be quite inappropriately geared for welcoming fourth-density energy. As we have said, there is a habit of contraction and fear and attempt to control among your people which may well end in entities doing great damage to each other and to the planet because, faced with energies they cannot control, they may well contract themselves into the Armageddon that they so fear. We are very hopeful, however, that this will not occur. There is a growing groundswell among your peoples at the soul level of honest and deep revulsion and distaste for the energies of control and destruction.

There is a true hope among your people that is growing daily for the energies of love, and trust, and peace to come swelling up like buds opening into flowers in spring. When each of you chooses love over fear, you start something happening in the unseen worlds. You create an energy that is compatible with fourth density. Each time you choose to trust, to love, to have forbearance and compassion, to see the other person’s point of view and truly walk in his shoes instead of your own, you are expanding the kingdom of fourth density right where you are. And the more people that begin consciously to do this, the faster this kingdom will expand. We say to you plainly, fourth density is all but complete. As you walk about in third density, the fourth density energy is stronger every day upon your planet. The Earth itself is vibrating largely in fourth density now. That is why so many entities are sensing the need to become closer in contact to the Earth itself, touching the ground, working with the Earth, working with plants and animals and those things that abide in the creation of the Father and have nothing to do with the world of the mind of man.

Health is abundant in the Earth itself. Its labor is ongoing, but the birth is going well. Perhaps you have noticed many significant catastrophes occurring upon the Earth plane. This is the labor of Earth. It is attempting to move into fourth density without having to express, all at once, the incompatibility between third-density thought, as it exists upon the Earth at this time, and the fourth-density vibration that has been coming. It is attempting to vent the fear and the anger and the narrow-mindedness of humankind in little bits, in a volcano erupting but not so as to split the Earth, or a tsunami or a hurricane that destroys a good deal but does not destroy the globe, or an earthquake which expresses the distress of Mother Earth but not in such a way as to destroy the planet as a whole.

T1’s question was: “In the Law of One books I remember Ra told us that there is a complete transition into the fourth density in 2012. When I think of the current, chaotic war situation I wonder if this stage is delayed. I know you cannot give us the detailed dates, but could you focus a little about the current situation? Thank you.” Q’uo began their reply by saying that the dating of the transition into fourth-density energy for our planet is fixed, and for our planet and solar system there is a rotation into new space/time as well as new time/space that is as inevitable as the ticking of the clock, and this will have been accomplished late in the twelfth month of 2011. Q’uo went on to say that in 2012 fourth density shall be our system of energy, and now there is much energy upon our planet embodied in the individuals living upon our planet and the social groups, structures, and governments that these people have created that will be inappropriately geared for welcoming fourth-density energy, and as Q’uo has said, there is a habit of fear and the attempt to control among our people which may result in their doing great damage to each other and to the planet because when they are faced with energies they cannot control, they may well contract themselves into the Armageddon that they so fear, but Q’uo was hoping that this will not occur because there is a growing groundswell among our people at the soul level of honest distaste for the energies of control and destruction. Q’uo continued by saying that there is true hope among our people that is growing daily for the energies of love and peace to grow like buds opening into flowers in spring so that when each of us chooses love over fear, and see the other person’s point of view, and truly walk in their shoes instead of our own, we are expanding the kingdom of fourth density right where we are, and the more people that begin to do this, the faster this kingdom will expand, and the Earth is vibrating largely in fourth density now, so that is why so many entities are sensing the need work with the Earth, work with plants and animals and those things that abide in the creation of the Father and have nothing to do with the world of the mind of man. Q’uo said that Earth is healthy as its labor continues, and its birth is going well, but the catastrophes occurring upon the Earth plane are a sign of its attempt to move into fourth density without having to express–all at once–the incompatibility between third-density thought, as it exists upon the Earth at this time, and the fourth-density vibration that has been coming: “It is attempting to vent the fear and the anger and the narrow-mindedness of humankind in little bits, in a volcano erupting but not so as to split the Earth, or a tsunami or a hurricane that destroys a good deal but does not destroy the globe, or an earthquake which expresses the distress of Mother Earth but not in such a way as to destroy the planet as a whole.” On May 3, 1992, Q’uo described the reason for the catastrophes that are occurring upon Earth at this time:

Thus, the release in a controlled fashion of heat energy is achieved as those natural, shall we say, catastrophes, as you call them, are experienced in the form of eruptions of volcanoes, the earthquakes, the heating and cooling effects of your geothermal forces, and other forms of the release of energy that will allow for the continual harmonization of this planetary influence as it moves through this period of transition.

Thus, there is much of choice on that part of the populations of this planet that will determine the precise location, duration, intensity, and nature of heat release. As entities and groupings of entities are able to resolve difficulties and achieve a more harmonious perception of relationship, there will be less need for the drastic, in your terms, release of this heat of emotion energy. Thus, it can be said that these releases of energies shall continue. As to their location, etc., this is, as you would say, in the process of being determined by the movement of thought…

We feel very hopeful that this grass roots upswelling from the soul level, of yearning for a world of love and peace, is powerful enough to continue to create the atmosphere in which the Earth may continue its final process of labor by venting these incompatible energies. Meanwhile you may well have noticed that there is an almost runaway experience of many within your plane at this time, of conditions such as cancer which seem to take people from their lives before their time. In many cases, these are situations in which entities have become hardened and set in their habits of thinking these habits being habitual and repetitive in terms of there being anger, fear, and aggression. These entities are predisposing their physical vehicles to end the incarnation because the difficulties of dealing with such a mismatch in vibration between the third-density thought and the fourth-density incoming, unseen reality, is simply too great. You will find that there are many who depart their incarnations within the next few years because of their inability to welcome the expansive and healing vibrations of fourth density.

Contrarily, those coming into incarnation at this time are often very able to vibrate fourth-density values and ways of thinking so that as your children are growing up, they are representing individual cases where they have been more and more able to welcome fourth-density energies. They are seen by their own parents often as amazing beings and much has been spoken of these young entities, which are sometimes called Indigo Children or Crystal beings. There are many terms for them, but their difference is that they have come into incarnation with some features of their fourth-density inner bodies activated as well as being activated in third density.

We would encourage you to see yourself as a secret agent of fourth density at this time. Have you heard the phrase, “Perform random acts of kindness”? This is the very essence of being a secret agent for love. The ones known as Ra long ago channeled through this instrument, “When faced with a situation, ask yourself the question, “Where is the love in this moment?” And we say to you, be an agent of that love, and be an instrument of peace. In all situations, there is at least a tiny peephole, a tiny window that lets in the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator. Do what you can to find it. Make this transition into fourth density personal.

If you think in terms of world powers and world wars, you have no control and you can do no useful thing. However, that is a mental projection. You are the center of your universe, and you have power. You are a magical being and you are the face of the Creator in the little place that you occupy in this vast creation. Be an agent. Be proud and happy to be an agent of the Creator and part of the creative principle. And let your light shine, let your love embrace.

Now Q’uo said that they feel hopeful that this grass roots growth from the soul level of yearning for a world of love and peace is powerful enough to continue to create the atmosphere in which the Earth may continue its final process of labor by venting these incompatible energies, and they said that we may have noticed that there is an experience of many within our planet at this time of cancer which seems to take people from their lives before their time, and these are situations in which entities have become set in their habits of thinking of anger, fear, and aggression because these entities are causing their bodies to end the incarnation due to the difficulties of dealing with a mismatch in vibration between third-density thought and the fourth-density unseen reality is too great, and we will find that there are many who depart their incarnations within the next few years because of their inability to welcome the healing vibrations of fourth density. Q’uo went on to say that those coming into incarnation at this time are often able to vibrate fourth-density values and ways of thinking so that as our children are growing up, they have been more able to welcome fourth-density energies, and they are seen by their parents as amazing beings called Indigo Children or Crystal beings, and they have come into incarnation with features of their fourth-density inner bodies activated as well as being activated in third density. Q’uo continued by saying that they would encourage us to see ourself as being secret agents of Love so that whatever situation we are in, we can ask ourself “Where is the love in this moment?” And Q’uo said that we should become an agent of that Love and an instrument of peace because in all situations there is a tiny window that lets in the Light and the Love of the one infinite Creator, so we should do whatever we can to find it and make this transition into fourth density personal. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that if we think in terms of world powers and world wars, we have no control, and we can do no useful thing, but we are the center of our universe, and we are the face of the Creator in the place that we occupy in this vast creation, so we should be happy to be an agent of the Creator, and let our light shine, and let our love embrace. On May 2, 2004, Q’uo spoke about the nature of Indigo Children:

From our standpoint there is virtually no difference in those called Indigo Children and those called Crystal Kids. The designations indicate a double-activated third-density/fourth-density body, which makes such children, as they grow up, more able to access fourth-density reality. Since fourth density is here, and since entities are living in a combined third-density/fourth-density atmosphere, there is an increasing ability for all people to work upon the, what this instrument would call, DNA; to work upon the self at the cellular level, lifting consciousness and asking it to take hold of the new reality that is interpenetrating third density.

These children are far more able to do this than those with only the yellow-ray body activated because their DNA is already altered to some extent. However, their purpose here is as pioneers. They come in, in terms of fourth density, within very basic and primitive conditions, and are giving their lives to help establish fourth density and to be bridges of light for those who would listen to that which they would have to say and to live in such a way as to follow such advice as they would give. To put it another way, they are here to radiate light and love, as are all entities. It is hoped by their higher selves that they will have more efficacy in doing so than those who have not the advantage of a double-activated body.

May we answer you further, my brother?

T1: No, thank you. I am grateful.

Q’uo: We also are grateful for your heart and your question, my brother. And we thank this group as a whole for its energy and its beauty and its gift to us. We thank you for being able to share our humble thoughts with you and again we remind you to leave all thoughts behind that do not seem right to you, for we would not be a stumbling block in front of you. We are always with you if you ask for us and we leave you as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I had an appointment with my rheumatologist for my six month checkup to see how my osteoarthritis is doing and to review recent fasting labs. She said that all is well, but she would like to have me take an MRI test next month to see how my bone density is doing.

This afternoon I went out to the pet cemetery and used a paint brush and some white paint to repaint Chloe’s and Dan D. Lion’s names on their grave stones as they had been a little chipped here and there.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 11

Calming The Storms Of Change

I am the Spirit of the living Jesus, incorporate in the mystery of Love and the principle of the consciousness of Love. I greet you in the essence of divine Love.

It is not known how many shall be blown by the winds of change this day. What is well known to those who seek the Spirit of truth and Love is that the winds of change are favorable, however stiff the gale may seem to be.

For those who have the consciousness of Love and the deep inner knowledge of peace, those storms of the life experience are calmed without great conscious effort by the remembrance of that inner peace and the turning to faith in the ultimate harmony and propriety of the Creator’s plan.

Yes, each of you has an agenda. That agenda may be stable for a large portion of your life experience. Or you and the Creator together may have molded a life experience of much service and also much change. Let there be in your mind less and less difference between the status quo and that which is untried and perhaps seen to be lesser, for the soul which flows with the changes of circumstance, discovering in each circumstance the peace and Love therein, is free in the service of the Father through the grace of Jesus Christ.

May you be filled with peace, both now and evermore. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from November 14, 2004:

The question today has to do with breaking our forms and our rituals when it seems appropriate in order to let in the light better, shall I say. We are wondering if Q’uo could give us some guidance as to how to recognize when this is appropriate or how to, shall we say, roll with the punch when it seems inevitable. We are aware that, even when times and things don’t look like they’re working out the way they should and they seem to be totally askew, that all is well, and all is perfect. How can we see that and how can we find a path that isn’t so deleterious to our own journey, sabotaging ourselves? Somewhere in there, Q’uo, I’m sure you could find something to talk about!

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, Whom we serve. It is a great blessing to be called to your group this day to speak concerning forms and rituals and breaking them, and making them, and understanding how form works with the entity that you are. And we look forward to sharing our opinions with you. But we would ask you before we begin, as always, to use your discrimination very carefully in listening to what we have to say. We are not authority figures or teachers in the traditional sense of feeling that we know more than you do. Rather, we are those with perhaps a more varied palette of experiences from which to draw than you. However, we are brothers and sisters, walking with you on one path, the path which we all share. And it will allow us to speak freely if you will take complete responsibility for whether or not you use any of the thoughts that we share at this time. If you will promise to let all thoughts that do not resonate with you to fall away, then we will feel much more free to speak without being concerned that we may infringe upon someone’s free will or invade someone’s rightful process of evolution.

First of all, let us speak a bit about how we see you and ourselves, for both you and we have form—not the same kind of form, but we do have that which could be recognized as an ego or an identity, as do you. You experience bodies. You experience a characteristic shape to the way you think and the way you process catalyst and create memory. And yet the essence of each of us is without form, in that traditional sense of a shape to be described or something to be seen, known and identified. Each of you, each of us, is an essence. If we were to be mechanical, we might describe each of us as a system of energy fields within the greater energy field of the universe or the Creator. Yet, this does not catch the magic of the soul, for each of you is indescribably unique. There has only ever been one of you, and in all of the heartbeats of the infinite Creator, in all the creations stretching into infinity, there will never be another you. You are precious beyond telling to the infinite One because you have come through eons of form and experience to reach the richness and the variety of the mystery of you that you now experience; not precisely as your identity but as that upon which your identity within this incarnation stands. For you are so much more than this local experience, this lifetime, this personhood.

We see you as glowing crystals, instruments through which the Creator moves, playing Its tunes, Its joyful songs, Its mournful hymns and all of the thousand, thousand songs of being. And we hear you. We hear the wind of Spirit move through you. We hear the song you sing, and we stand in awe of the beauty of that song and the poignancy of the heart that sings that song. We see you glow with the colors of energy touched by the myriad momentary experiences which are shaping you at this time. And we rest in that light, and we drink of the richness of the beauty that you represent. You are a face of the Creator that has never been seen before and will never be seen again. You have a reality beyond any expression, beyond any response. You are beyond our laughter and our tears; beyond our appreciation or our admiration. You escape us. Each entity that is part of the Creator overflows any way we might have of grasping or understanding you. You are too much. Any limit we might think to put on your identities is folly, for you will exceed it: carelessly, casually or earnestly and intentionally. You cannot help being more than you could ever imagine and know. This is the essence of you, as we understand souls. There is no holding you; there is no limiting you; there is truly no instructing you or guiding you. There is only appreciating the face of the Creator as you express the beingness of your nature.

Each of you moved into the pattern in which you are now dancing for very good reasons. Each of you entered this particular incarnation with fairly coherent plans for service and for learning. Each of you stood as on the brink of a great abyss and planned. You packed, shall we say, a personality; you packed the baggage that you needed. Some of you packed with immense generosity and no concern whatsoever in the fate of redcaps in your wake, towing valise upon valise of personality traits and quirks. Others of you chose to pack just a bag or a backpack: a simple, stable, structure of life seeing as being needed, a straightforward personality—not too much baggage, not too much to burden the soul as it takes on this experience. But whatever you packed, in the way of a personality shell, you put those things in your suitcases because you felt that they were what you would need in order to mine the riches that you had prepared for yourself. And you did see yourself as a miner as you came into this lifetime. You buried your luggage within yourself, within the form of body, of face, name, history, parents, upbringing. You chose that carefully. And so, you leapt into the abyss of incarnation, the archetypical fool, walking by faith and not by sight, jumping into the mystery.

What did you hope but that you would be ultimately and egregiously confused? Some of you packed more of that confusion than others. For some of you it took years and years of incarnation just to discover that you were not who you thought you were. Others of you came through from the word go, from the birth, knowing that you were not what those about you were attempting to tell you that you were. Whatever your beginnings, each of you in this circle of seeking has reached a point of incarnation where the ground has become level, and the playing field is seen. Each acknowledges the mystery of selfhood. Each sees the self as a player of a certain kind of game. It is not a game of gain, but it is a gamble. Hands are dealt in this game, and you play the cards which you were dealt. And you get to choose how you shall play those cards. You cannot choose the cards, yet you may shape the game by the way you play. The object of the game is an increase in awareness and the question with which you come to us this day regards how you can evaluate the kind of game that you are playing—to know whether that game is the appropriate one for you at this time; appropriate in terms of learning and in terms of service. For these were your twin goals upon taking life and breath and body.

The group question for this session was: “We are aware that, even when times and things don’t look like they’re working out the way they should, and they seem to be totally askew, that all is well, and all is perfect. How can we see that, and how can we find a path that isn’t so deleterious to our own journey, sabotaging ourselves?” Q’uo began their reply by saying that both Q’uo and we have form—not the same kind of form–but they do have an ego or an identity, as do we, and we experience bodies and a shape to the way we think, process catalyst, and create memory, and the essence of each us is without form in that traditional sense of a shape to be to be seen and identified, so each of us, is an essence, and Q’uo said if they were to be mechanical, they might describe each of us as a system of energy fields within the greater energy field of the universe or the Creator, but this does not catch the magic of our soul, for each of us is unique, and we are precious to the infinite One because we have come through eons of form and experience to reach the variety of the mystery of us that we experience, not as our identity, but as that upon which our identity within this incarnation stands, for we are so much more than this lifetime. Q’uo continued by saying that they see us as instruments through which the Creator moves playing Its thousand songs of being, and they hear the wind of Spirit move through us, and they stand in awe of the beauty of that song and the sadness of our heart that sings that song, and they see us glow with the colors of energy touched by the experiences which are shaping us at this time, so they rest in that light, and they feel the richness of the beauty that we represent because we are a face of the Creator that has never been seen before and will never be seen again, and we have a reality beyond any expression, and each of us is part of the Creator that goes beyond any way they might have of grasping or understanding us, and they can only appreciate the face of the Creator as we express the beingness of our nature. Then Q’uo said that each of us entered this incarnation with plans for service and for learning, so we packed the baggage that we needed of personality traits and quirks with no concern for attempting too many lessons or whether we packed one bag with fewer lessons, but whatever we packed, in the way of a personality shell, we put those things in our suitcases because we felt that they were what we would need in order to mine the lessons that we had prepared for ourself because we saw ourself as a miner as we came into this lifetime, and we buried our luggage within the form of our body, face, name, history, parents, and upbringing, and we leapt into the abyss of incarnation, the archetypical fool, walking by faith and not by sight, jumping into the mystery. Q’uo went on by saying that we hoped that we would be completely confused, and for some of us it took years and years of incarnation just to discover that we were not who we thought we were, but others of us came through from birth, knowing that we were not what those about us were telling us that we were so that whatever our beginnings, each of us has reached a point in our incarnation where the ground has become level, and the playing field is seen, and we see the mystery of our self as a player of a certain kind of game of cards where the hands are dealt, and we get to choose how we shall play the cards, and the object of the game is an increase in awareness of how we can evaluate the kind of game that we are playing: to know whether the game is the appropriate one for us at this time in terms of learning and in terms of service because these were our twin goals upon taking life, and breath, and body. On March 11, 2004, Q’uo described the nature of the mystery of the self:

And as the searchlight of one’s everyday consciousness becomes charmed and intrigued into attaching itself to the focus of a deep inner search, that spotlight may sharpen and delineate much that upon the surface of things is impossible or certainly improbable to see.

In some cases it is a matter of almost seducing oneself away from the joys of thinking and into a position of utter surrender to that darkness that accepts the mystery of the self and the infinite possibilities of what that self may do if allowed to bloom as the Creator has prepared for you to bloom. Not that there is one destiny for you or one choice that is right. Quite the opposite. There is certainly one destiny in terms of a general incarnational design, but it is rather that chances for that design to be fulfilled are bursting at every corner so that there is never an end to the possibility to, as this instrument would say from the old Shaker hymn, “come round right.”

How you burned to learn more about your true nature! You came into incarnation with certain prejudices concerning yourself. In your biased opinion you felt a better balance might be needed in one or another sense, in one or another phase of life and all that it has to offer. In your energy body you carried those biases and those hopes. This instrument is familiar with a seven-chakra body system so we may say that your incarnational lessons are scattered among those seven chakras and those seven ways of seeing energy. How do you deal with survival? That’s the red ray. How do you deal with personal relationships? Orange ray. How do you deal with legal groups and responsibilities such as jobs, marriages, families? That’s yellow ray. How do you work within your heart to open it and to become more fully the loving entity that you are by your very nature? That’s green ray. How can you communicate and relate in terms of soul to soul? That’s blue ray. How can you relate to the infinite Creator within yourself, within all of creation, and within the Creator itself? That is indigo ray. And who are you, really? That is violet ray. Each of you has unique incarnational lessons that you have asked yourself by the very way that you are built; by the very way that you tend to think. Each of you has biases you encounter again and again, biases which are unique to you. Again, these are gifts of the self to the self, gifts to be unwrapped at leisure and pondered through the years and the decades of an incarnation. This is the raw material  of your particular mystery. And that is the self before it meets the world that spins within your mind and before your eyes.

The one known as Julian of Norwich said it very simply. She is recalled by this instrument to have said, “All things are well. All things are well. All manner of things shall be well.” And this is your matrix. You live in a creation in which you cannot put a step wrong. You cannot make a mistake. On the level of souls, you are immune to error. For there is nowhere to step that is outside of the creation. There are no choices to make that place you outside the ken of your guidance. You cannot choose wrongly. However, in a universe of infinite possibilities each choice that you make redefines your universe. Consequently, it is not a simple thing to determine right action and right choices for the self.

Letus look at the concept of forms. A pottery bowl is a form. Its function is to be empty. That which you take in fills that bowl in a certain way. Each of you may think of the self, the physical body, as a form. And, indeed, there is value in expressing yourself at the very basic level of physical form. How you express yourself involves the way you cut your hair, the decorations that you might wear, the clothes that you place upon your body, the garments that you choose, the colors, and the fabrics. All of these things enter into creating yourself as a picture or an image. You have spoken somewhat of mirrors and the way that entities around you are showing you aspects of yourself that you either like or of which you disapprove. Yet you realize that all of those images are you. It is very instructive sometimes simply to look at oneself closely in the mirror, not at the image but into the image. And if you look closely, for instance, you might begin to see different faces move across your face as all of the forms that you have taken as a soul in various lifetimes begin to roll past your mind’s eye. Or you might look into the eyes that are looking at you in the mirror and begin to see the infinity that lies within that form of physical body.

Habits and ways of life are also forms, bowls into which you are able to put your catalyst and brew your experience. Are you a shallow, wide bowl that picks up a great deal but at not a great deal of depth? Or are you a narrow, deep vase that can be filled with a great deal of water and go very, very deep but not terribly wide? Or has your eye for beauty caused you to become an amphora or some form of ewer in which there is shape and flow and pattern? What is the characteristic shape of your thoughts as you process from the inception of a thought about your day, your nature, or your choices? What is the shape, what is the form that that process takes within you? Are you satisfied with it? Do you have a sense of that deep content of which the one known as J was speaking, where the form of the life, the thoughts, the process are such good, stout helpers and are serving so well that there is no need sensed by the self to institute the breakage of the old form or the creation of a new one? Or are you in a situation where, as the one known as T said, there is a real question as to whether some parts of this form need to be broken, and a new shape of thought and choice selected? Wherever you are, you are, as many have said within this circle, in the perfect position for this particular moment in your incarnation. Things are going well, however it may feel on the outside, that surface that the world knows as consensus reality.

Then Q’uo said we came into incarnation with the desire to learn about ourself and certain prejudices concerning ourself, and we felt more balance might be needed in difference phases of our life, so we carried those hopes in our energy body, and our incarnational lessons are scattered among those seven chakras: “How do you deal with survival? That’s the red ray. How do you deal with personal relationships? Orange ray. How do you deal with legal groups and responsibilities such as jobs, marriages, families? That’s yellow ray. How do you work within your heart to open it and to become more fully the loving entity that you are by your very nature? That’s green ray. How can you communicate and relate in terms of soul to soul? That’s blue ray. How can you relate to the infinite Creator within yourself, within all of creation, and within the Creator itself? That is indigo ray. And who are you, really? That is violet ray.” And each of us has unique lessons that we have asked ourself by the way that we tend to think, and each of us has biases we encounter which are unique to us, and these are gifts that we give to ourself to be unwrapped through the decades of our incarnation, so this is the raw material of our mystery, and that is the self before it meets the world that spins within our mind and before our eyes. Now Q’uo said that Julian of Norwich said “All things are well. All things are well. All manner of things shall be well.” And we live in a creation where we cannot make a mistake, for there is nowhere to step that is outside of the creation or contact with our guidance, but in a universe of infinite possibilities each choice that we make redefines our universe so that it is not a simple thing to determine right choices for ourself. Q’uo went on to discuss the concept of forms such as a pottery bowl whose function is to be empty, and that which we take in fills that bowl in a certain way, so each of us may think of our physical body as a way that we can express ourself by how we cut our hair, the jewelry that we wear, the clothes that we wear of different colors and fabric so that all of these things create an image of ourself, and we can look into a mirror that can show us our physical body that we like or don’t like, but we know that we are all of those images, and sometimes it is helpful to look at ourselves closely in the mirror–not at the image but into the image–and if we look closely we might begin to see different faces move across our face as all of the forms that we have taken as a soul in various lifetimes begin to roll past our mind’s eye, or we might look into the eyes that are looking at us in the mirror and begin to see the infinity that lies within that form of our physical body. Q’uo continued by saying that habits are also bowls into which we are able to put our catalyst and create our experience, so we should ask ourself: “What is the characteristic shape of your thoughts as you process from the inception of a thought about your day, your nature, or your choices? Do you have a sense of that deep content where the form of the life, the thoughts, the process are such good, stout helpers and are serving so well that there is no need sensed by the self to institute the breakage of the old form or the creation of a new one? Or are you in a situation where there is a real question as to whether some parts of this form need to be broken and a new shape of thought and choice selected?” And wherever we are, we are in the perfect position for this particular moment in our incarnation, and things are going well. On September 10, 2010, Carla spoke of the power of this particular moment when we gather in spiritual groups:

Well, this particular moment is unbelievably full of love. I look around the circle at these beloved faces, people that I’m new to and am just learning to love, and understand, and to know, and people that are familiar to me and whom I absolutely adore. And my heart is just so full—I can’t tell you. I look around and feel the energy moving around the circle and feel that what started out as a modest dome of light is now probably two miles into the heavens and pulsating with our combined energies.

We are making a difference right now of a big extent, metaphysically speaking. And I will probably hear from a half a dozen psychics in the next two weeks saying, “Wow, what were you guys doing at L/L Research? That’s incredible! You guys rock!” I get that every time we have a big gathering like this. It’s a lovely thing to hear.

We are aware that it is not helpful to the conscious mind that so much remains a mystery. It is often desired that the whole be known, that the pattern be clear, that the choices be laid out, analyzable, gettable, sensible, rational, and yet, you are not those things, for that would limit you far too much. And so those hopes of a simple solution, a clear and obvious answer to whatever questions you have, are thoughts that are not going to be rewarded by manifestation. You do remain a mystery, and your choices do remain choices made by faith and not by sight. You cannot see to the end of your path You cannot figure out even one day in the future, much less the burden of the remainder of your incarnation and all of its hopes for learning and for service.

And so, you are thrown back upon your own senses, those senses that elude rationalization. This instrument often uses the term “resonance,” and we find that it is a useful term because it expresses that for which we would wish you to search when you are asking yourself about the choices before you. The world says, do what is right. And yet, what is right for one entity at one moment will not be right for that entity at another, and will never be right for another entity even if it is at the same moment. Truth, reality and essence are endlessly subjective.

It is very helpful for you to begin to trust yourself, not because you know anything but because you are who you are. This is your material. This is your gift. What you make of yourself within this lifetime will only show a little bit on the surface of consensus reality. Your work, your interactions with others on the conscious level, all of those things that create fame and fortune and give a sense of power and validity, are but hair growing from the head of someone whose mind and heart are infinite. What you can express of yourself is a tiny portion of what you are actually doing here and what you are actually giving to yourself, to those around you, and to the infinite Creator as you live your life. It is hard for us to express just how little of your essence ever comes through into those things that the world values, those things you do—your career, your reputation, your doings—and how incredibly much of your essence escapes any such shallow manifestation and remains part of the dance of creation, part of the pattern of the Creator that is being woven and rewoven in an endless creation of tapestry as moments march on in consensus reality, and your very short, very action-packed incarnation ticks away. You have all the time in the world, quite literally, and yet your time is very short. You are a paradox, and you live a paradox.

How to value the forms, the things with which you shape your life, is as subjective and personal and intimate as what scent you prefer, what color you choose to wear, how you choose to express yourself. When you come to look upon an issue, then, your safest route is in trusting the self and looking for resonance. This instrument was saying earlier, apropos of a question about when one’s limit has been reached, that, in her experience, the limits that she had reached and overstepped were not those that she decided upon but those times when she realized that her nature had already made that choice for her, and she was just getting the results of that election. It is not enough to feel that one is doing the right thing. It must also be, as one gazes at that thing, that one senses into it with a sense of resonance, a sense that this is alive for me.

Now Q’uo said that it is not helpful to our conscious mind that so much remains a mystery because we would like for our choices to be clear and obtainable, but we are not those things since that would limit us too much, so our hopes of a clear and obvious answer to our questions will not be rewarded by manifestation, and we will remain a mystery, and our choices will continue to be made by faith and not by sight, and since we cannot see to the end of our path we cannot figure out even one day in the future, much less the remainder of our incarnation and all of our hopes for learning and for service. Q’uo went on to say that we need to rely on our own senses that elude rationalization, and that Carla often used the term “resonance,” and Q’uo thought that was a useful term because it expresses that for which they would wish us to use when we are asking ourself about the choices before us when the world says for us to do what is right, but what is right for us at one moment will not be right for us at another, and will never be right for another entity even if it is at the same moment because truth and essence are always subjective. Q’uo continued by saying that it is helpful for us to begin to trust ourself, not because we know anything, but because we are who we are, and this is our gift, and what we make of ourself within this lifetime will only show a little bit on the surface of consensus reality because all of those things that create fame and give a sense of validity are but hair growing from our head when our mind and heart are infinite, and what we can express of ourself is a tiny portion of what we are doing here and what we are giving to ourself, to those around us, and to the infinite Creator as we live our life so that it is hard for Q’uo to express how little of our essence ever manifests into those things that the world values, those things we do—our career, our reputation, our doings—and how incredibly much of our essence escapes any such shallow manifestation and remains part of the pattern of the Creator that is being woven and rewoven in an endless creation of tapestry as moments march on in consensus reality, and our action-packed incarnation ticks away, so we have all the time in the world, and yet our time is very short since we are a paradox, and we live a paradox. Then Q’uo said that how we value the forms with which we shape our life is as subjective as what scent we choose to express ourself, so when we come to look upon an issue our safest route is in trusting ourself and looking for resonance, and Carla was saying earlier that when our limit has been reached that the limits that she had reached: “were not those that she decided upon but those times when she realized that her nature had already made that choice for her, and she was just getting the results of that election.” Q’uo said it is not enough to feel that we are doing the right thing because it must also be, as we gaze at that thing, that we sense into it with a sense of resonance. On March 22, 2008, Q’uo spoke about how we can trust our sense of resonance:

Certainly, daily periods of silence are a strong resource for the seeker who wishes to do more than think about the great questions. For beyond thought lies the truth. Beyond the intellect lies insight. Beyond knowledge lies gnosis. The seeker’s journey is a sacred one, a beautiful one, and often a difficult one. There are many seasons of light and shadow, growth and awaiting, and all are equally profitable. Trust yourself, trust your sense of resonance, and then enjoy your seeking, your questions, your answers, and all that goes into a life lived by spiritual means and interests.

For you see, forms can die while the life within the form still exists. Form in the sense of a ritual, for instance, is something that those entities who choose to play the card of religion will experience changing time and again. For within a religion, the forms do not change, but the way that an entity relates to those forms can change completely, so that in one moment, a form of expression of devotion to the one infinite Creator may be a source of tremendous comfort whereas in another moment, it may seem to be hollow and dead. And it is very important to listen to the self as it reacts to the form, not asking the self, “How can I relate to this wonderful form?” but rather asking the self, “How can this wonderful entity that I am find resonance in this form?” And if that form has no resonance, then it needs to be let go and another one chosen. Or, in some cases, it is a matter of waiting for another kind of form, another kind of ritual of living to form itself to you as you simply exist within the mystery of your own, often contradictory, feelings.

The one known as V was teasing earlier by saying that our answer is always meditation when it comes to your asking us, “How do I contact that part of myself that says this is resonant and that is not?” And we completely acknowledge the justness of her teasing. It is true that so often we simply ask you to meditate. And we would talk about that a minute because there is a substantive point to be made here. We are not going for a form of meditation when we suggest that you meditate. What we are attempting to do is lift you from form. Silence is an absence of form. Entities can create form for the silence by saying, “Well, I meet the silence in this and this way.” And that may be Zen meditation, walking meditation, contemplation, visualization, and so forth. We are attempting to help you lift away from the prisons that you create when you lean on form to the exclusion of observing the contents that that form is holding. In so many ways, you are seduced time and again by the more subtle forms of non-physical formation, ritual and habit.

How to lift entities away from that? In many cultures, instead of entering silence the practice of mystics is to enter rhythm by chanting, whirling, and dancing. Repetitive movements, repetitive sounds, repetitive tones are things that will batter and finally break the habit of thought. Whether you are drawn to entering the formless by simply sitting down and stopping talking, by designing a particular kind of silence, or by entering into the chanting or other ritual which takes one out of oneself by out-talking the talker, is completely a matter of your own discernment. But the job that you face when you attempt to disconnect yourself from form is to get past the lions at the gate of your temple, that is, your heart. Those guardians do not want you inside if you are still of the world. They do not want you inside your precious heart still grumbling, worried, bargaining, rationalizing, justifying or worried about being right. There are many teachings…

[Side one of tape ends.]

…of bringing oneself to one’s own knees outside the door of the heart and laying it all down: every idea, every concept of self, every vestige of, “I did this,” and, “I thought that,” and, “I’m right”—emptying the self and becoming truly able to receive. However, you get there, get there before you enter the sacred space of your own heart. For there the Creator awaits you, full of love, full of Its own nature, which is your nature as well, waiting to enfold you in the embrace of absolute and unconditional adoration and devotion.

The one known as D often says at the end of a reading, “You are loved more than you can ever possibly imagine.” And this is true. Can you feel, as we speak about it, the quality and the abundance of that love? Can you sense into how justified and how completely approved of you are? You have no faults that are not forgiven, no perceived imperfections that the Creator does not see as balanced. Whatever your suffering, whatever the quandaries before you at this time, whatever those dreams are that you have not yet come into the experience of receiving, they are as nothing to the one infinite Creator. We hope that it is against that backdrop that you may stand and observe the issues before you in consensus reality. If you can gain a sense of the depth of the stability of your essence, you will know that your feet are in rich and substantial ground, ground that will not move beneath your feet regardless of how many times everything disappears from beneath your feet within that shallow, manifested world of consensus reality. You will know that disasters and troubles and woes are indeed real in that shallow sense, but they are backed up by a part of yourself that is larger and more substantial than that thin stream of event of catalyst and experience. As you meet these woes, troubles and issues, do your best to continue seeing yourself as that crystalline entity that we described to you and know that all things are well, all things are well, and all manner of things shall be well.

Q’uo said that forms can die while our life within the form still exists, and within a religion, the forms do not change, but the way that we relate to those forms can change completely, so that in one moment, a form of expression of devotion to the one infinite Creator may be a source of tremendous comfort whereas in another moment, it may seem to be hollow and dead so that it is important to listen to ourself as we react to the form, not asking ourself, “How can I relate to this wonderful form?” but rather asking ourself, “How can this wonderful entity that I am find resonance in this form?” And if that form has no resonance, then it needs to be let go and another one chosen, or it is a matter of our waiting for another kind of ritual of living to form itself for us as we simply exist within the mystery of our own, often contradictory, feelings. Q’uo went on to say that it is true that so often they asked us to meditate, but they are not going for a form of meditation when they suggested that we meditate because what they were attempting to do is lift us from form since silence is an absence of form, and we can create form for the silence by saying, “Well, I meet the silence in this and this way.” And that may be Zen meditation, walking meditation, contemplation, visualization, and so forth so that they were attempting to help us lift away from the prisons that we create when we lean on form to the exclusion of observing the contents that that form is holding, and in so many ways, we are seduced time and again by the more subtle forms of non-physical formation, ritual, and habit. Q’uo continued by saying in many cultures, instead of entering silence the practice of mystics is to enter rhythm by chanting and dancing because repetitive movements and sounds are things that will break the habit of thought, so whether we are drawn to entering the formless by: “sitting down and stopping talking, by designing a particular kind of silence, or by entering into the chanting or other ritual which takes one out of oneself by out-talking the talker,” is completely a matter of our own discernment, but the job that we face when we attempt to disconnect ourself from form is to get past the lions at the gate of the temple of our heart because those guardians do not want us inside our heart  rationalizing or worried about being right, and there are many teachings…of bringing ourself to our knees outside the door of our heart and laying it all down: every idea, every concept of self, every vestige of, “I did this,” and, “I thought that,” and, “I’m right”—emptying ourself and becoming truly able to receive, but we should get there before we enter the sacred space of our own heart, for there the Creator awaits us, full of the Love of Its own nature, which is our nature as well, waiting to enfold us in the embrace of unconditional adoration and devotion. Then Q’uo said that the D often says at the end of a reading, “You are loved more than you can ever possibly imagine.” So Q’uo asked if we could feel the quality and the abundance of that love and sense into how justified and how approved of we are because we have no faults that are not forgiven, and no imperfections that the Creator does not see as balanced. Q’uo completed their reply by saying that whatever  our suffering, whatever those dreams are that we have not yet come into the experience of receiving, they are as nothing to the one infinite Creator, and Q’uo hoped that it is against that backdrop that we may observe the issues before us in consensus reality so that if we can gain a sense of the depth of the stability of our essence, we will know that our feet are on ground that will not move beneath our feet regardless of how many times everything disappears from beneath our feet within world of consensus reality, and we will know that troubles are  real in a shallow sense, but they are backed up by a part of ourself that is more substantial than that thin stream of catalyst and experience, so as we meet these woes we should do our best to continue seeing ourself as that crystalline entity, and know that all things are well and shall be well. On September 1, 2019, Q’uo described the nature of consensus reality:

Yes, my friend, the wanderer has far more likelihood of being affected by feelings of unworthiness than the regular, shall we say, or general consensus population, because within the wanderer, whether or not it is consciously known, resides the knowledge of the harmony of the home density, of the Love and the Light, which is the normal way of being for the wanderer whence it came. The wanderer, especially if it is unconscious of being a wanderer—but also if it is conscious—has this knowledge with which to compare the experience it is now having within this third-density planet, at this time, where confusion and chaos reign supreme.

The consensus reality has far different means of feeling of what is valued to the seeker or to any entity upon the planet, for that which is of the mundane world is that which is held as the goal: the education, the job, the money, the status, the power. These are things which can be used positively, but most frequently are not upon this planetary sphere. Thus, the wanderer compares itself to those who hold this value system, and sees itself falling short, and especially if it is unconscious of its condition as a wanderer and does not know that there is another way of being that is in unity with all other entities and with the One Infinite Creation and Creator. Then, this wanderer shall again use this system of judgment within the consensus reality to place upon itself the harsh judgment, feeling that it is not worthy of its own esteem, because it is not worth of the esteem of those about it within the consensus reality.

Thus, such a wanderer will eventually have opportunities to realize its nature as a wanderer, and the falseness of the world around it, when considered in comparison to the unity of the One Infinite Creation in the density whence the wanderer originated. Thus, at some point each wanderer will have the opportunity of making this realization that it is not better than anyone else, but it is different from those about it. It will see in this difference the possibility of worthiness: that there is much to value in love and in light, the foundation stone of each wanderer. Each wanderer may then look upon itself in a far different light lightening the heart to the self, loving the self, then being able to extend that love to others about it so that it is reflected back to the wanderer.

We would at this time open the questioning to any further queries that you may have at this time.

J: Yes, Q’uo, this is J, and it’s great to be in your energy. I was wondering if there was anything that I or anyone else in this room can do to help make this instrument more comfortable?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. Indeed, each within this group has the capacity to aid this instrument in one way or another, as this instrument has the capacity to aid each within this group. May you enjoy the process of finding ways to serve each other and know that in all things there is reciprocity and balance. We thank the one known as J for this generous query and would encourage each within this circle to be aware of the many ways in which you are uniquely oriented to help and support those around you. What is your nature? What are your gifts? As you interact with those loving presences that are in your midst, you will find ever new ways to enhance the experience of the group of which you are a part.

May we answer you further, my sister?

J: I believe that each of us comes in on a different ray, one through seven, and I was wondering if you could tell me which ray it is that I came in on?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. We find that responding to this query would be to infringe upon your free will and we apologize for giving that answer.

Is there another query at this time?

Jl: No, not at this time, thank you, Q’uo.

Q’uo: Is there another query at this time?

R: I have a question, Q’uo, from someone who can’t be here but asks the following question which is somewhat specific, so I ask for forbearance if you cannot answer, but comments would be appreciated on this topic. Are migraine headaches connected to psychic greetings in any way?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. As it happens, we are able to respond to that query because of the way it was asked. Everything that one experiences can have a relationship to psychic greeting. Psychic greeting, as we understand this term, is a way of describing the experience of receiving resistance and the experience is often understood by an entity as being a kind of attack by another entity that is unseen. In actuality, greetings occur all the time because of the distortions which pull various parts of the energy body away from complete balance. For instance, with this instrument, it frequently receives physical discomfort because of its many physical distortions over decades of experiencing the process of a disease called rheumatoid arthritis. Because of the fact that various bones and joints and so forth have become distorted, they can be energized to ache more than they did before.

The question that we would put to the one known as G, who, indeed, this instrument knows asked that question, would be, “Is it more helpful to think of a negative, unseen entity energizing a physical distortion within the vascular system which would cause the headaches? Or is it more helpful to realize that there is resistance because of distortions within the being?” If one projects to an outside entity the role of persecutor or attacker, then one, in a way, cheats oneself of the chance to come face to face with the shadow self. Is it more helpful to see oneself as a being which is meeting resistance from an enemy? Or is it more helpful to see the self as a being which is experiencing resistance from its shadow self? We would encourage any who experience the seeming energizing of a previous distortion to perceive it as a signal that suggests you take a good look at what is going on in the process of evolution, as you understand yourself and your situation and your process. This never departs entirely from mystery. The mists may clear, briefly, and one may have realizations and epiphanies concerning the self and the process, but the process is ongoing, and the mists will again surround one. And those shadows will come out of that mist and impinge upon one. The question hopefully remains, “What is the message that such shadowsbring? And, how may I respond well to that message?”

Is there another query at this time?

G: Q’uo, I have one. In the Law of One series, Ra is speaking of kundalini and cautions that, to attempt to raise the locus, which is defined as the meeting place between the inner and cosmic forces, to attempt to raise that locus without an understanding or awareness of the metaphysical principles of magnetism is to invite great imbalance. I was wondering if you could define more clearly what those metaphysical principles of magnetism are?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We look for a way to discuss this with you without impinging upon your process and do not find one and for that we do apologize. We would like to speak with you further. We would ask if you would perhaps move back into your studies, contemplate a bit more, and see what you could do to ask the question a different way. More help than that we cannot be and do again apologize.

Is there a final query at this time?

R: You are invited to stay for tea and cookies afterwards, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your invitation, my brother, and we assure that we always stay for tea and cookies. And, indeed, into the night and into the next morning. You can get rid of us if you ask us to leave! We are devoted to this group and to each within it and you have only to request our presence for us to be with you.

Since we seem to have exhausted the questions at this time, we leave each of you as we found you, in the unity of the house of the Creator, the love and the light, the spirit and the form that is all that there is. We are those of Q’uo. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and pumped about one-fourth of the water out of the fishpond and then cleaned the filters for the fountain. Then I refilled the pond with fresh water and added some Aquasafe to remove the chlorine from the fresh water.

This afternoon I went back out to the front porch and painted the other half of the floor.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 10

Sunrise Comes To All

I am of Jesus the Christ, the Spirit of the full consciousness of Love. I greet you in that Love.

Upon the highest mountain and the lowest valley alike lie tiny forms of life awaiting warmth from the rising sun. For though one blade of grass may be low and the other high, yet both await the same thing.

It matters not the seeker’s relative position within this world of mundane qualities and conditions, for all souls need and shall receive the warmth of the great inner sun of every soul’s day, the warmth and the Light of Love.

Know that sunrise comes to all who dwell in inner peace, awaiting confidently the dawning of peace and understanding in every troubled night of the soul.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

---

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from October 3, 2004:

The question this week has to do with the roots of the concept of what we call “terrorism,” the attempts by a small group of people to gain that which they feel is their due and to gain it by violent means. We were referred back to the Biblical story of Sarah and Abraham where Abraham was unable to bear a child because Sarah was barren. He went in to Sarah’s maid-servant, Hagar, who was Egyptian, and she bore him a son, Ishmael. Fourteen years later, when Abraham was 100, Sarah was blessed by the Lord God at that time to have a child who was named Isaac. These two were the children of Abraham but only Isaac achieved the inheritance. Ishmael was left to wander into the desert and to form the tribes of what we now call the Arabs. And it is the battle between the Arabs and the Jews that seems to be so violently apparent in our world today. So, we were wondering if Q’uo could give us a philosophical background of this type of energy and how it can be resolved upon our planet Earth today.

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo, and we greet you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in Whose service we come to you this day. It is a great privilege and pleasure to be with you and to share the beauty of your meditation and we offer you our gratitude for creating this moment and this experience of a circle of seeking that is expressing light and love as it sits together in query and in devotion.

It is our blessing to be called to this group for the purpose of sharing our thoughts on terrorism and we are happy to do so with the request—which is especially pointed as we talk concerning a somewhat hot issue, as this instrument would say—that you afford us the opportunity to offer you thoughts without our forcing you to believe them or take them in any way. Please allow us to share our thoughts with you while remaining in complete control over whether or not you wish to continue to think about these thoughts or in any way make them part of your process. For your integrity in doing so allows us to be assured of the freedom of your will. We would not in any way wish to be a stumbling block before your own process. And if you will allow us this freedom, it will allow us the freedom to speak freely. And this particular concern of ours is clearly about freedom. We thank you for that.

Thequery this day has to do with the philosophy behind terrorism. And as that query stands, we would find it very difficult to create a good answer, for we believe that philosophy as a branch of the circle of knowledge is not something that lends itself to the creation of a structure in which something like terrorism would be acceptable. When ethics is discussed as a philosophical system, it concerns not ways to take away freedom from entities but ways to safeguard their freedom. The Nietzschean superman  is perhaps the closest that respectable, shall we say, philosophy comes to offering a structure which justifies terrorism and its justification can be roughly shortened to the phrase that “might makes right.” We would not wish to defend this philosophy in a group of ethical panelists; we would find it heavy going, indeed. The aura of philosophy, therefore, cannot be said to lie over, or lend respectability to, terrorism and its sister acts, war and violence. The shorthand version of the most appropriate philosophical structure for terrorism is, “the squeaky wheel gets the grease.” And this is, rather than proper philosophy, simply an explanation of why entities—whether they be individual or of a group nature—resort to and use the techniques of terror.

The Creator is not an organic entity, as far as we know. It does not have members, a mind, emotions, or any of the other attributes of third-density humankind. Nor does it have the attributes of fourth-density humankind, or fifth-density, or sixth-density. The Creator, as we understand the one infinite Creator, is beyond all attempts to describe, limit, or otherwise distinguish the Creator from some other entity. The Creator is in fact all that there is, seen and unseen, known and unknown, possible and impossible. The Creator is all states of mind, all ways of thinking, and is not exhausted by any such lists of attributes or descriptions. The attempt to get one’s mind around the concept of the creative principle is always, in the end, an inutile attempt. It will not be useful.

On the other hand, attempting to delineate those characteristics of the Creator which entities within a certain density and of a certain culture can understand is very helpful. So, we would not ask you to stop attempting to understand the Creator, we ask you only to realize that that which entities such as yourself have written concerning the Creator are words. They are not truths. They are words written down by entities attempting to understand that which cannot be understood. The query that you asked brought in the concept of a certain creative entity by the name of Yahweh, or Jehovah, whose orders, presumably, brought about the warlike actions of the one known as Joshua, and all of those who did battle in order to achieve territory in the story which unfolds in the books of Moses within your Old Testament of the Holy Bible, so-called, within your literature. There have been unending numbers of attempts to understand the mind of this Old Testament figure, Yahweh, and this is why we began with the assertion that there is no figure known to literature which captures the essence of the creative principle. Certainly, the one known as Yahweh falls far short of expressing what we understand to be some of the more obvious characteristics of the creative principle, those being its universality and its unity. How could a creative principle set one entity over another when, to the Creator, all things are one, all beings are children of the same parent, brothers and sister of one deity, one Creator?

However, the one known as Yahweh was a powerful force in acting through entities such as Moses, Joshua, and Abraham. In the history of your people—not simply the religious history of your people but the political, economic, and social history of your people—the story concerning Isaac and Ishmael is a story steeped in birth rights. And this is an interesting characteristic of the system used by the one known as Yahweh. We may describe Yahweh as an Earth guardian which entered into a plan to be of service to others without thinking through the ramifications of such a plan. When it chose to do work to create a new and better version of the Egyptian stock that was the genetic base of that region at that time, it chose one of two types of genetic beings that differed somewhat in their genetic heritage because of there being other genetic applications by other extraterrestrial entities in their past. They chose the entities that had the seemingly more appropriate basic characteristics of intelligence, culture and so forth. They separated out one group from another in a way which the creative principle would never have done, and created, therefore, a sub-race which these Guardian entities considered new and better and therefore worthy of having the elbow room in which to bring forth the improvements in mind, body, and spirit that those known as Yahweh felt were possible for such an assisted group.

The group question for this session was: “And it is the battle between the Arabs and the Jews that seems to be so violently apparent in our world today. So, we were wondering if Q’uo could give us a philosophical background of this type of energy and how it can be resolved upon our planet Earth today.” Q’uo began their reply by saying that this query has to do with the philosophy behind terrorism, and they found it difficult to create a good answer, for the field of philosophy does not lend itself to the creation of a structure in which terrorism would be acceptable to discuss because when ethics is discussed as a philosophical system, it does not discuss ways to take away freedom from entities but ways to safeguard their freedom, but the Nietzschean superman is the closest that respectable philosophy comes to offering a structure which justifies terrorism, and its justification can be shortened to the phrase that “might makes right,” so Q’uo did not wish to defend this philosophy in a group of ethical panelists because the field of philosophy cannot be said to lend respectability to terrorism, war, and violence, and the shorthand version of the most appropriate philosophical structure for terrorism is, “the squeaky wheel gets the grease,” so this is an explanation of why entities use the techniques of terror. Q’uo went on to say that the Creator is not an organic entity because it does not have members, a mind, emotions, or any of the other attributes of third-density humankind, nor does it have the attributes of fourth-density, fifth-density, or sixth-density because the Creator is beyond all attempts to describe the Creator apart from some other entity since the Creator is all that there is, seen and unseen, known and unknown, and the Creator is all states of mind, and is not defined by any descriptions, so the attempt to get our mind around the concept of the creative principle is not useful. Q’uo continued by saying that attempting to describe those characteristics of the Creator which entities of a certain density and culture can understand is helpful, so Q’uo said that we should not stop attempting to understand the Creator, but that we realize that which we have written concerning the Creator are words–and not truths–written down in an attempt to understand that which cannot be understood so that the query that we asked brought in the concept of an entity by the name of Yahweh, or Jehovah, whose orders brought about the warlike actions of the one known as Joshua, and all of those who battled in order to gain territory in the story which unfolds in the books of Moses within our Old Testament of the Holy Bible, and there have been numerous attempts to understand the mind of this Old Testament figure, and this is why Q’uo began with the statement that there is no figure known in literature which captures the essence of the creative principle, and Yahweh falls short of expressing what we understand to be some of the more obvious characteristics of the creative principle such as its universality and its unity: “How could a creative principle set one entity over another when, to the Creator, all things are one, all beings are children of the same parent, brothers and sister of one deity, one Creator?” Now Q’uo said that Yahweh was a powerful force in acting through entities such as Moses, Joshua, and Abraham, and the history of our people—not simply the religious history of our people but the political, economic, and social history of our people—the story concerning Isaac and Ishmael is a story steeped in birth rights, and this is an interesting characteristic of the system used by Yahweh which may described as an Earth Guardian which entered into a plan to be of service to others without thinking through the possible outcome of such a plan when it chose to create a better version of the Egyptian/Mars race that was the genetic base, and chose one of two types of genetic beings that differed in their genetic heritage because of there being other genetic applications by other extraterrestrial entities in their past, so they chose entities that had more appropriate basic characteristics of intelligence and culture, and they separated one group from the other in a way which the creative principle would never have done, and created a sub-race which these Guardian entities considered new, and better, and worthy of having the ability in which to bring forth the improvements in mind, body, and spirit that Yahweh felt were possible for such an assisted group. In 18.21-23, Ra described the effort that Yahweh made to improve the genetics of those who had come to live in Egypt:

Questioner: Why did they want larger and stronger organisms?

Ra: The ones of Yahweh were attempting to create an understanding of the Law of One by creating mind/body complexes capable of grasping the Law of One. The experiment was a decided failure from the view of the desired distortions due to the fact that rather than assimilating the Law of One, it was a great temptation to consider the so-called social complex or subcomplex as elite or different and better than other-selves, this one of the techniques of service to self.

Questioner: Then the Orion group… I’m not quite sure that I understand this. Do you mean that the Orion group produced this larger body complex to create an elite so that the Law of One could be applied in what we call the negative sense?

Ra: I am Ra. This is incorrect. The entities of Yahweh were responsible for this procedure in isolated cases as experiments in combating the Orion group.

However, the Orion group were able to use this distortion of mind/body complex to inculcate the thoughts of the elite rather than concentrations upon the learning/teaching of oneness.

Questioner: Well, was Yahweh then of the Confederation?

Ra: I am Ra. Yahweh was of the Confederation but was mistaken in its attempts to aid.

Why it did not occur to these Guardian entities that this would involve war-like actions such as the slaughter of many innocents, we cannot say. However, it was so that your history and the psychic energies of these groups of people were altered forever by this interference. It created what is patently an unfair situation. And certainly, the sons and daughters of Isaac and Ishmael grieve as one people for this interference and for the many ramifications that it had.

Whenany situation enters the stream of history it also enters the stream of mythology. And through the passage of time and events, the history of the Israelites and the Ishmaelites has become very fuzzy and much, if not all, of the story as it happened in history has been lost. And what has remained are stories that catch the emotion, the energy, and the main points of the history, so that while you may attempt to trace the children of Ishmael and the tribes of Ishmael and so forth, such attempts will always be trammeled by the inevitable tendency of those who come after and who are in power to look at a situation which has gone before in a way that places events in the best possible light for those who have the laurels of winning upon their heads and are thus able to tell the story with the loudest voice. This telling of the story with the loudest voice is something that occurs at all times, in all phases of history and certainly within your cultures of this day. Yet, in looking at the history of warfare and terrorism, it may be seen that, generally, the issues have to do with groups of people who feel that it is their birthright to have certain perquisites  and rights. That feeling of entitlement is at the heart of violence, war, and terrorism.

In terms of the creative principle, all lands are one, all people are one. The design of your particular third-density world was a design in which each of your genetic races was expected to express themselves dominantly for a certain period of time. It was never intended that one race dominate your planet for an extended period of time such as your white race has in many cases done. The energies of each race had a certain way of opening the heart and the quite variant ways of looking at the Creative Principle were expected to float and flow from one dominant culture to the next, to the next, in a rhythmic and natural manner. It was hoped at this point in your development as a global group that there would be at this time among all of your cultures a tendency towards the feminine principle as the creative principle or the deity. For, in terms of the birthing of the fourth density of your planet, it is this creative, feminine energy that holds the light of service to others in the appropriate manner for assisting the one this instrument calls Gaia and many call the Earth or Terra in her very feminine and very profound labor. This has not occurred.

In terms of the creative principle, all lands are one, all people are one. The design of your particular third-density world was a design in which each of your genetic races was expected to express themselves dominantly for a certain period of time. It was never intended that one race dominate your planet for an extended period of time such as your white race has in many cases done. The energies of each race had a certain way of opening the heart and the quite variant ways of looking at the Creative Principle were expected to float and flow from one dominant culture to the next, to the next, in a rhythmic and natural manner. This has not happened.

It was hoped at this point in your development as a global group that there would be at this time among all of your cultures a tendency towards the feminine principle as the creative principle or the deity. For, in terms of the birthing of the fourth density of your planet, it is this creative, feminine energy that holds the light of service to others in the appropriate manner for assisting the one this instrument calls Gaia and many call the Earth or Terra in her very feminine and very profound labor.

And indeed, at the time of the one known as Moses, the world was poised upon the point of a pin, as it were, in attempting to move into true monotheism. Think of it, if you will, for we often have, as one of the members of our principle is the group of Ra which attempted to speak to the princes of Egypt in those times concerning the true creative principle which is One. The one known as Moses was well aware of this true monotheism and indeed, in his heart, was, shall we say, devoted to and trained up within this system. However, this entity and all of the entities involved in these times was a human being who was steeped in the culture of many gods and found it impossible to hold to a pure belief in one God in the attempt to be a leader of his people. Leader after leader among your people has faced this challenge. How does an entity who leads one group, and is responsible to and for one group, act in such a way that the group will feel that its rights are being preserved and those things to which it is entitled will be protected while simultaneously defending and maintaining the rights and the entitlements of all other groups? It is a tremendously subtle thing to attempt to unravel a specific situation in such a way that both of these values are maintained.

Then Q’uo said that they did not know why it did not occur to Yahweh that this would involve war-like actions such as the slaughter of many innocents, but it was so that our history and the psychic energies of these groups of people were altered forever by this interference, and it created an unfair situation so that the sons and daughters of Isaac and Ishmael grieve as one people for this interference and for the many ramifications that it had. Q’uo went on to say that when any situation enters the stream of history it also enters the stream of mythology, and through the passage of time and events, the history of the Israelites and the Ishmaelites has become fuzzy, and much of the story has been lost, and what remains are stories that catch the emotions and the main points of the history, so that while we may attempt to trace the children of Ishmael and the tribes of Ishmael such attempts will always be distorted by the inevitable tendency of those who are in power to look at a situation which has gone before in a way that places events in the best possible light for those who have the power of government and are able to tell their story with the loudest voice, and this telling of the story with the loudest voice is something that occurs in all phases of history and certainly within our cultures of this day, but in looking at the history of warfare and terrorism, it may be seen that the issues have to do with groups of people who feel that it is their birthright to have certain rights, and that feeling of entitlement is at the heart of violence, war, and terrorism. Q’uo continued by saying that in terms of the creative principle all people are one, and the design of our third-density world is a design in which each of our genetic races was expected to express themselves dominantly for a certain period of time, but it was never intended that one race dominate our planet for an extended period of time such as our white race has done because the energies of each race had a certain way of opening the heart and various ways of looking at the Creative Principle that were expected to flow from one dominant culture to the next in a natural manner, and it was hoped in our development as a global group that there would be at this time among all of our cultures a tendency towards the feminine principle as the creative principle because in terms of the birthing of the fourth density of our planet, it is this feminine energy that holds the light of service to others in the appropriate manner for assisting Gaia in her very feminine and very profound labor, but this has not occurred. Now Q’uo said at the time of Moses, the world was attempting to move into true monotheism, and we could think of this situation as Ra did when they attempted to speak to the royalty of Egypt concerning the creative principle of the One, and Moses was devoted and trained within this system, but this entity was a human being who was steeped in the culture of many gods and found it impossible to hold to a pure belief in one God in the attempt to be a leader of his people, and leader after leader among our people has faced this challenge of: “how does an entity who leads one group, and is responsible to and for one group, act in such a way that the group will feel that its rights are being preserved and those things to which it is entitled will be protected while simultaneously defending and maintaining the rights and the entitlements of all other groups?” On May 20, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the need for the feminine principle to be more respected and utilized in our world today:

And we would note that it is this feminine principle that is so often missing and is so hungered for in your culture at this time. Rather than embracing the power of the feminine principle that can nurture and create life in her womb and bring it forth in affection and joy, the proponents of the “one God” and “chosen people” religions—which include Christianity, the Jewish religion, and Islam, among others—have tended to demean and denigrate women, denying them not only their spirituality but their worth as human beings. They have consigned them to be second-class citizens. We might note that, in our humble opinion, there is a tremendous amount of fear behind that urge of the male to suppress and control the feminine principle. Indeed, the opposite needs to occur in terms of your globe’s being able to spin itself out of the endless cycles of war and aggression that the unbridled sway of male energy has created within your Earth world.

Wewould bring to your attention the one known as Mahatma Gandhi. We have spoken before of this entity. This was an entity who was very clever in ways which are, for the most part, reserved for those of service to self in their philosophy. Yet, this entity’s vision was powerful in its unity, and it refused to allow any thinking which closed the heart against any, even those which this entity perceived, with some justification, as suborning and limiting the rights of his own people. In all of Gandhi’s dealings with the government of those who were British and who held the reins of rulership of his nation at that time, this entity refrained from, at any time, closing the heart against or lifting a weapon towards those entities which would be considered the enemy, that is the British. Using homely and easily understood physical metaphors, such as spinning the thread, this entity was able to put before his group the image of self-worth and independence. How can an entity see self-worth and independence in making thread out of cotton? Yet, the Indian people received the lesson that the one known as Gandhi offered.

In many, many ways, this entity made life very difficult for those of the British rulership of his nation. Yet, never was this entity less than cordial and civil. He could not have succeeded, nor could his ideas have taken hold were he not coming from a place of genuine love. If he had hated his enemy, no matter had he done exactly the same things in his political posturing, he would not have succeeded. His integrity and purity of motive were such that those of India and those of Britain alike were able to see it, feel it, and in the end, respect it, and respond to it. His working to aid his people, therefore, never took on the shades of violence or terrorism but retained the goodly hue of faith, love, and hope.

When you see small groups or large unable to resist the techniques of terrorism, we would ask you to see groups which have become entangled with issues of entitlement and justice. In each situation, there is a path to peace. This path begins in the heart. It calls for men who are both clever and compassionate. It calls for those who are able to understand the techniques for service to self but whose purity of focus and whose open hearts are such as to avail them of the techniques of unconditional love. There is no justification for violence, and yet it lies within the human heart to defend the group against those who are not a part of the group. This is part of the instinct with which each human being comes into incarnation. It is part of the heritage of the physical vehicle of the great ape of which you are a recent descendant. If you examine the customs of these great apes, as the one known as Desmond Morris has done, it becomes very clear, very quickly, that violence is something with which each human being must deal, not as a faraway thing, but as an intimate friend, as a part of the household of personality. One of the boarders of each of your bodies is violence.

The one known as G was saying that he did not believe he would be able to pull the trigger against another human being. This is a laudable and a noble sentiment. Yet is spoken by one who has never been in the position of defending those he loves from someone who would surely do them harm. The instinct of one who is being threatened is indeed to pull the trigger. When dealing with groups, that group instinct remains as lethal as that. No matter how many layers of civility and diplomacy are offered, beneath each situation and its endless rationales on both sides there lies a situation in which two groups—which are in truth, one—have accepted a model in which one group is over against another. Once this basic and existent situation is accepted, there can always be a rationale which leads to violence, whether it is violence offered by those who have the approval of other nations as belonging to a rightful group of nations or whether it does not have such approval and is therefore, without any choice for itself, considered an outlaw. When an outlaw attempts to achieve entitlement, it is considered terrorism. That is the only difference between terrorism and war. It is an artificial distinction based upon the underlying artificial distinction of groups defining themselves as separate.

Now Q’uo said that they wanted to speak about Mahatma Gandhi who was very clever in ways which are usually practiced by those of service to self, but this entity’s vision was powerful in its unity, and it refused to allow any thinking which closed his heart against any, even those which were limiting the rights of his own people so that in all of Gandhi’s dealings with the British government, who ruled his nation at that time, this entity refrained from closing his heart against those entities which would be considered the enemy, and by using easily understood physical metaphors, such as spinning the thread out of cotton, this entity was able to put before his people the image of self-worth and independence, and the Indian people understood the lesson that Gandhi offered them. Q’uo went on to say that in many ways, he made life very difficult for those of the British rulership of his nation, but he was never less than cordial and civil, and he could not have succeeded if he were not coming from a place of genuine love because if he had hated his enemy, no matter if had he done exactly the same things in his political posturing, he would not have succeeded since his purity of motive was such that those of India and those of Britain alike were able to respect it and respond to it so that his work to aid his people never took on the shades of violence but retained the goodly hue of faith, love, and hope. Q’uo continued by saying that when we see any groups unable to resist the techniques of terrorism we are seeing groups which have become involved with issues of entitlement and justice, and in each situation there is a path to peace which begins in our heart, and it calls for those of us who are able to understand the techniques for service to self but whose open hearts are such as to reveal to us the techniques of unconditional love because there is no justification for violence even though it lies within our heart to defend our group against those who are not a part of our group, and this is part of our instinct with which each of us comes into incarnation that is part of the heritage of our physical vehicle of the great ape of which we are a descendant, so if we examine the customs of these great apes it becomes clear that violence is something with which each human being must deal–as an intimate friend–as a part of our human personality, and one of the qualities of each of our bodies is violence. Then Q’uo said that the instinct of one who is being threatened is to pull the trigger, and no matter how many layers of civility and diplomacy are offered there is a situation in which two groups—which are in truth one—have accepted a model in which one group is over against another, and once this basic situation is accepted, there can always be a reason which leads to violence, whether it is violence offered by those who have the approval of other nations as belonging to a rightful group of nations, or whether it does not have such approval and is considered an outlaw, and when an outlaw attempts to achieve entitlement, it is considered terrorism, and that is the only difference between terrorism and war since it is an artificial distinction based upon the seeming separateness of groups. On November 27, 2002, Q’uo spoke about the nature of terrorism:

Firstly, we would say that the physical manifestations of political intrigue, unrest, terrorism, and war are as they are and are the natural outworking of the processes of graduation in which entities who have chosen the path of service to self are attempting to graduate with the same devotion and focus as those attempting to graduate in the path of service to others. The situations, we would suggest, are in the hands of all of those who understand and realize that they are citizens of eternity who came here to learn and to serve and who wish to go on to learn and to serve, for that is the desire of the upward-spiraling cells of each entity and each atom that exists within the physical and metaphysical universes.

We would suggest that the self be attentive. The responsibility of the open heart is to love unconditionally that which it sees and to see each and every thing and person as the self or a part of the self. In times of disquiet and conflict, entities are offered a sharpened opportunity to behold the shadow portion of the self, the wolf that bites at the heart within. This forthcoming year may contain disquiet. We can only encourage each to open the arsenal of inner and outer gifts towards the third-density situation, finding ways to respond appropriately in service to others as inspired and as able.

Perhapsyou have noticed in working with other entities that there is a tendency for entities to divide endlessly into groups and sub-groups and sub-sub-groups. There is a delight in finding a way in which one group has done the right thing, and another group has been less successful. The feeling of being better than, stronger than, or more justified than another group is a feeling which is endlessly sought because it feels good. It feels good to belong. It feels good to be part of a virtuous, morally upright group. And so, the posturing is endless, the facts and stories are told again, and again, and in each telling, there is the twist put upon the tale to show the rightness of those who have been ascendant and the poverty of rightness in those who have been the losers. In our opinion, each story is distorted, each entitlement is questionable, and each rightful group is, at base, artificial and unhelpful. Yet, the whole object of third density is to face the individual entity, and the resultant groups that form from such individuals, with situation after situation which is enough of a puzzle to be worth the solving. And that solving gives each entity the opportunity to grow in terms of spiritual, mental, emotional, and physical evolution.

So what we would leave you with in thinking about terrorism is how you, as an individual, can cease using the techniques of terror and war in how you work with yourself, in how you work with the most intimate of those about you: your spouses, your children, your parents, and your family; in how you work with those very intimate groups of employment, mutually shared goals of all kinds, in groups that come together to serve. How can you keep your heart open and stay devoted to the one infinite Creator? There will be many arguments that pull you endlessly off your center of gravity. And you will be off balance and out of your comfort zone again and again, for these are deeply profound difficulties your world faces at this time. Those who, as the one known as J mentioned, blew up Mars, are attempting now to blow up your Earth. They almost succeeded as a group in that land you know of as Atlantis. And energies mass once again for the attempt to achieve an Armageddon. It is an energy that is deeply entrenched in the genetic memory of this racial group which we would call the white race. Yet, because of the way that history has become stuck upon this monotheistic Yahweh and its resultant energies…

[Side one of tape ends.]

It is a planetary experience once again.

What shall you do to grow your world into that loving, unified, peaceful world which each of you can envision? May we say that it begins with you, this day and this moment, not in a large way but in the most small way. What are your thoughts as you approach your next decision? Is there a desire to defend? Is there a desire to protect? Examine these desires. Is there the desire to embrace and to bring into One? Examine that desire. Examine your thoughts carefully to sift out those energies which have in them a lack of that focus and resonance which you can associate with the open heart.

We ask you as well to be clever, to work with the limitations and distortions of the culture about you rather than attempting to leave them behind. Attempt to work within them so that the very things that are designed to be limiting become those things that are freeing. This is the work of an immense amount of subtlety and cleverness and yet each of you has a good mind, a good power of reasoning and imagination, and a gift of creativity. We suggest that you add to those things humor, patience, and an endless supply of thankfulness. How can you be joyful and peaceful within if your life is not grounded in the thankfulness that you are here, that you have this impossible task in front of you, and the time to address the purposes for which you entered incarnation? Keep that ground of thankfulness and that awareness of the self as just the beginning that opens to you the Creator that you are and see every door that is shut as a temporary thing, lifting away from anger, disappointment and hostility to embrace hope, faith and love.

Q’uo said that we may have noticed in working with other entities that there is a tendency to divide into groups and sub-groups because there is a delight in finding a way in which one group has done the right thing, and another group has been less successful, so the feeling of being better than another group is a feeling which is sought because it feels good to belong and to be part of a morally upright group, so the stories are told again and again, and in each telling there is the twist put upon the tale to show the rightness of those who have been ascendant and the poverty of rightness in those who have been the losers, so Q’uo said each story is distorted, and each  group is artificial and unhelpful, yet object of third density is to: “face the individual entity, and the resultant groups that form from such individuals, with situation after situation which is enough of a puzzle to be worth the solving. And that solving gives each entity the opportunity to grow in terms of spiritual, mental, emotional, and physical evolution.” Q’uo went on to say that what we would leave us with in thinking about terrorism is how we, as an individual, can cease using the techniques of terror and war in how we work with ourself, our mates, our children, our parents, our family, and those intimate groups that come together to serve, and how we can keep our heart open and stay devoted to the one infinite Creator because there will be many arguments that pull us off our center of gravity, and we will be out of our comfort zone again and again, for these are profound difficulties our world faces at this time, and those who blew up Mars are now attempting do the same on our Earth just as they almost succeeded in Atlantis so that the energies are moving once again to achieve Armageddon because it is an energy that is buried in the genetic memory of this racial group which we would call the white race, but because of the way that history has become stuck upon this monotheistic Yahweh and its resultant energies…there is a possibility that this could become a planetary experience once again. Q’uo continued by asking what shall we do to grow our world into that loving and peaceful world in which each of us can envision the answer begins with us in this moment as we examine our desire to defend and protect, or do we have the desire to embrace all as the One? Q’uo said that we should examine our thoughts carefully to remove those energies which have a lack of that resonance which we can associate with the open heart. Q’uo completed their reply by asking us to work within the distortions around us so that the things that are designed to be limiting become those things that are freeing, and this is the work of subtlety and cleverness, and  each of us has a good mind, and a gift of creativity, so Q’uo suggested that we add to those things humor, patience, and thankfulness as these will help us to keep this impossible task in front of us so that we can find the time to address the purposes for which we entered our incarnation as the beginning that opens to us the Creator that we are, so we can see every door that is shut as a temporary thing, lifting away from anger, disappointment, and hostility to embrace hope, faith, and love. On February 24, 2024, Q’uo spoke about the battle of Armageddon:

This is the primary meaning of the battle of Armageddon which has the positive benefit of reducing the possibility of, what you call, your warfare by the utilization of nuclear energy. We would also suggest that the Battle of Armageddon is a battle which each person upon this planetary sphere engages in on a daily basis when they see the seeming separation between entities of the third density as being the reality that must be dealt with in a manner which is divisive, filled with anger, and the possibility of warfare which is so rampant upon your planet at this time, it has been for thousands of years.

This is a battle that can only be won by those who become conscious seekers of truth and who see within themselves the seeming separation covered by the total unification of all things and all people existing within the Infinite Creator, as the Infinite Creator exists within them. It is the great hope of the Confederation of Planets in the Service of the Infinite Creator that more and more people upon your planetary sphere can become aware of this battle within themselves and reflected in the world around them. For as what heals the self, what heals the world around one.

More and more of your entities need to be able to heal the self that together they might heal the battle scars of the population of Earth and of Earth herself. For she has been the victim of these battles for thousands and thousands of years and needs your assistance and attendance—we correct this instrument—to the need to see within the illusion of separation and find the unification of all.

This instrument informs us that we must move on, and we would open the questioning now to specific queries that you may have at this time. Who would wish to ask a question at this time?

G: Q’uo, In the Law of One series, the questioner asked about which of the two paths was more positively polarizing, one path where you defend a positive entity from negative suppression or the second path where you allow the suppression by the negatively-oriented entities. Ra answered by using the example of Jesus’ lack of desire to be defended as if that was the higher understanding or the higher way. Could you expand on why allowing suppression by the negatively-oriented entity seems or is the more polarizing of the two?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. This question offers a chance to look at polarity in this particular sense of not defending the self, in that the one known as Jesus chose not to defend itself and was therefore given a quite ignominious death, a death reserved for those enemies of the state that were the worst. In doing so, this entity expressed the highest degree of a lack of defense of the self. The polarity involved in that choice was that which is gained by working against the whole impulse to defend the self. Laying down all choice of defending the self, therefore, expressed the one known as Jesus’ absolute faith in the goodness of all entities, including his enemies.

Personally speaking, it was very successful in establishing its own polarity. If this entity had been more subtle and clever, it might have found ways to stay alive while expressing unconditional love and therefore gained for itself the opportunity to interact further through time as the agent of the creative principle. And, therefore, it can be seen that a choice which gains greatly in personal polarity may yet create a situation in which the gain in the polarity of the group was potentially less. It is difficult to grade, shall we say, the acts which a person may do or the thinking behind them and how that was. The best that this entity was able to achieve in its incarnation, at its time of choice, was the choice that it made.

May we answer you further?

G: I’ll take a stab at it, Q’uo. Jesus was a martyr. He expressed to the fullest extent the fourth chakra, the open heart. Had He seated His experience in the blue ray and exercised the energies of wisdom, had He brought wisdom into his choice-making decisions and expressed that level of understanding, would wisdom then dictate to Him, or inform Him of, a choice in which He could have defended Himself and polarized further?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Indeed, we were expressing that option as the road that was untraveled, as the one known as Robert Frost has spoken in his poem. There is always a road that is untraveled whenever any choice is made. It is unknown because of the passage of time and circumstance whether that option would have achieved for the one known as Jesus a result that would have been more in focus in terms of His vision. For this entity did not see that that road was better. And indeed, when each of you makes a choice, there is always the road that is not taken. That may from time to time come up in the mind, as the one known as V said in speaking of that object of great beauty which she passed up eight years ago. It must recur within the mind when choices have been made. Yet, the glory of such times is that they are times of true choice when that which you decide shall create a change in all that occurs from that point forward.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: A follow up. I have a question about a different situation, involving the idea, the energy, of defense. Every situation is unique and in Jesus’ case He had a vision which crystallized in His mind but, in general then, what choice would a blue-ray entity or an indigo-ray entity, in the situation where in order to defend you need to kill another to save your own life, make? Who’s to say what choice an entity will make, for each situation is unique, but, in general, would a blue-ray entity see it within his understanding, within his parameters, to kill another to save his own life?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We believe you are asking if an entity whose blue-ray energy center is fully opened would be able in good conscience to take a life. And we may say that, in terms of that energy body, it is perfectly possible to do any action if that action is seen by that entity in a clear enough focus. The ability of the mind to create bias in situations is unending. And there are many entities who have gloriously expressed blue ray while killing others. That sense of entitlement is a strong thing. When an entity becomes absolutely convinced of the rightness of the need for violence, it becomes possible to have a fully functioning blue-ray energy, green-ray energy, and all other energies, and at the same time, to kill. This is why spiritual evolution is not a simple thing. For the mind within incarnation is constantly and inevitably blindsided by distortion. Consequently, it is a matter of picking your way, moment by moment, and thought by thought, coming back always to the fundamental basis of your own faith rather than depending upon an entity, a principle, or any other created structure.

May we answer you further, my brother?

G: That’s very thought-provoking. That opens all other kinds of cans of worms in my mind, but, no thank you, Q’uo, and thank you for the answers you were able to give. Thank you, instrument.

We are those of Q’uo, and we thank you, my brother, as well.

Is there a final query at this time?

[No further queries.]

We are those of Q’uo, and as we do not hear any sound vibrations hitting this instrument’s ears, we are assuming that we have run you out of questions this day. We just thank you with all of our hearts for bringing yourselves and your concerns to this circle of seeking. It is such a joy to share our thoughts with you, and we hope we may encourage and find ways to support each of you as you go forward in your quest for truth and service and devotion to the one infinite Creator. We bless each of you and thank you and we leave you, as always, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went upstairs and cleaned Benny’s apartment by using the carpet sweeper to clean the rug in the hall. Then I swept up all the kitty litter in the room where Benny has two litter boxes. Then I used the dust mop to clean all three rooms and the hall.

This afternoon I went outside and transplanted another cart of moss that I got in the pet cemetery into the Moss Garden.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

March 9

Rejoice And Be Glad

I am the living Spirit of the consciousness of Love. I greet you in the Light and Love of Jesus the Christ.

Rejoice today, my people! Rejoice and be glad! Open the eyes of the heart to gaze about creation and see the streams of glory which shower the Earth with the bounty of sun and rain.

Rejoice as do the happy trees, the laughing mountains, and the rolling seas, chuckling in unified pleasure at the warm, quick wind of the Creator’s Love.

Rejoice in all of creation to the bounds of your telescopes and your imagination, your microscopes, and your greatest and most awful discoveries.

Feel an intimate joy in each intricate beauty that the Creator has offered, for this creation is yours as you are Christ’s. Know and see that all things are instinct with Love, alive with the spirit. And in every transformation see the powerful hand of the Holy One.

May you set apart your lives in peace to the glory of God, now and always. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.